<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Salt</id>
	<title>Fen Spinner Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Salt"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php/Special:Contributions/Salt"/>
	<updated>2026-05-15T15:46:58Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4485</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4485"/>
		<updated>2025-12-18T09:33:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Demon Sonic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Twisted Sonic initially seems to be a Sonic variation with Twisted as the modifier, it is important that &amp;quot;Twisted&amp;quot; term within the trick isn&#039;t a proper modifier and is not present in any other separate trick families. Furthermore, this trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of variations resulting from simple application of modifiers or rearrangement of charge and pass, it is worth pointing out that substantial amount of twisted sonic variations are also hybridised with sonics. As such, overlap between the [[Sonic]] and this page may occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modifier Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations resulting from application of modifiers. Since a substantial amount of modifiers can be used together to create numerous variations, the list below only showcases the more notable ones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Warped Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MITS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hybrid Variations ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that integrate another trick within the Charge ~ Pass formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== East Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Demon Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Demon Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Angel Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Angel Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cthulhu Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Cthulhu Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mechanical Variation==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations where the mechanics deviate in a significant way beyond simple modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fingercross Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
A twisted sonic variation where the charge is instead replaced by a conical fingercross push in order to have the pen pass through the slots. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Knuckle Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2H Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2P Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Minicombo Variations ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Double Charge ===&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 2^3 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4484</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4484"/>
		<updated>2025-12-18T09:33:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Twisted Sonic initially seems to be a Sonic variation with Twisted as the modifier, it is important that &amp;quot;Twisted&amp;quot; term within the trick isn&#039;t a proper modifier and is not present in any other separate trick families. Furthermore, this trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of variations resulting from simple application of modifiers or rearrangement of charge and pass, it is worth pointing out that substantial amount of twisted sonic variations are also hybridised with sonics. As such, overlap between the [[Sonic]] and this page may occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modifier Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations resulting from application of modifiers. Since a substantial amount of modifiers can be used together to create numerous variations, the list below only showcases the more notable ones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Warped Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MITS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hybrid Variations ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that integrate another trick within the Charge ~ Pass formula.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== East Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Demon Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Demon Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Angel Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Angel Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cthulhu Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Cthulhu Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mechanical Variation==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations where the mechanics deviate in a significant way beyond simple modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Fingercross Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
A twisted sonic variation where the charge is instead replaced by a conical fingercross push in order to have the pen pass through the slots. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Knuckle Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2H Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2P Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Minicombo Variations ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Double Charge ===&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 2^3 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Fishing&amp;diff=4483</id>
		<title>Fishing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Fishing&amp;diff=4483"/>
		<updated>2025-12-18T09:18:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Fishing is an general term for continuous fingerless [[charge]] in unstable slots. When done on the thumb, it’s usually called thumb fishing. Although the notation of these tricks is poorly defined, they usually follow the same criteria as [[around]] (counterclockwise is normal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The term &amp;quot;fishing&amp;quot; originates from Ian Jenson from the PSH community. The trick was adapted from contact staff which is a separate manipulation art form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following Ian Jenson, spinners such as Hubik and [[I.suk]] were among the early adopters who integrated fishing techniques to complex power linkages. In modern pen spinning, fishing has become a common component the power trick category. The &amp;quot;bust fishing&amp;quot; variation, in particular, is frequently employed by spinners to enhance the difficulty and variety of their power combos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Variation=&lt;br /&gt;
==Fishtail==&lt;br /&gt;
Fishtail is the name given to one particular kind of fishing. With&lt;br /&gt;
all the fingers straight, starting from a palm side position, the pen does afingerless charge rev over the index finger. The hand and wrist motion alone keeps the pen spinning over 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick was devised after Ian Juggler had already made his videos, where he showed other kinds of fishings but not this one. It was Menowa* who thought of the trick, Kay who named it fishtail, and Iteza who first captured it on video and uploaded it, on February 23, 2018. The history of this name is interesting, because in contact staff the broad term for these tricks is fishtail and not fishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bust Fishing==&lt;br /&gt;
One particular kind of fishing. It can be done just on the index finger, or with the whole hand (fist bust fishing).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drowsy Motion==&lt;br /&gt;
A link created by Drowsy that involves the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 (PS) MA rev 0.5 23-T2 &amp;gt; charge 0.5 T2 &amp;gt; TA ~ thumb fishing ~ TA rev T*-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 fishtail = Fl charge rev 1*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 魚尾 (fishtail) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 피싱 (fishing)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 fishing = 釣り (tsuri)&lt;br /&gt;
           フィッシング(fishing)&lt;br /&gt;
           サムフィッシング(thumb fishing)&lt;br /&gt;
 fishtail = フィッシュテール (fishtail)&lt;br /&gt;
 drowsy motion = 大嵐 (big storm) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4477</id>
		<title>Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4477"/>
		<updated>2025-12-09T06:46:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Sonic.png|200px|thumb|Kay performing a Sonic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics are a category of tricks in which the fingerslot transfer of a fingerswitch is fully accompanied by a conical charge. They often, but not always, end in a different slot than the one they started in. Sonics are among the most versatile and common tricks as they are compatible with almost any style and easily integrate with and hybridize with other trick families. They are also a rich source to use as a diversifying tool as they range from being simple to complex and extremely difficult, with more variations yet to be discovered especially in the field of xpxh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The baseline sonic is a [[Fundamental Tricks#Sonic|fundamental trick]] that consists of two [[Fingerswitch|fingerswitches]] between three separate slots, while performing one complete conical [[charge]] spin. During the second slot the fingers at the extremities solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The name ソニック (sonic) was given by Hideaki. Then, Kam added its translation to Pentix. The trick was also discovered independently by others, like sula_la (his name, 雙龍取水, means the twin dragons fetch water) and Szeto, who gave names to three slot combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Korean name, 계단 (stairs), originated independently from the rest. Names for sonic and its basic variations were used since the beginning of the board. But it wasn’t until the 2005 NX lecture when they were standarized into using the 역 (reverse) and 내 (inverse) modifiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inverse Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse sonic is mechanically the same, but doing it standalone usually includes a total of 2.0 rotations as opposed to only 1.0 rotations in non-inverse variations. This is due to spinners holding the pen in the same starting position for both tricks despite there being 0.5 rotations of difference in the starting positions if one were to perform them one-to-one. Thus, the initial 0.5 rotations are to achieve the starting position of the inverse sonic, 1.0 rotations are performed for the fundamental mechanic, and the final 0.5 rotations bring the ending position of the inverse sonic to that of the non-inverse variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demon&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The demon&#039;s sonic (or demon sonic) is a baseline sonic interrupted with a twisted sonic. It is not a specific sonic variation but rather denotes one specific linkage with the following notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sonic 34-24 ~ twisted sonic 24-12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers are almost never used (e.g. mirrored demon&#039;s sonic) as those links are often notated in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Angel&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Interrupting a twisted sonic with a baseline sonic yields the angel&#039;s sonic (or angel sonic), but this name is rarely referenced. It is notated as such:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 34-13 ~ sonic 13-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sonic Clip===&lt;br /&gt;
A term rarely used in practice which denotes charges performed in the intermediate slot while the pen is held by the extremities during a sonic. (e.g. performing charge 13 from a sonic 23-12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time that the name sonic clip is seen is in November 2003, in PenstudioZ. It doesn’t appear on the Pentix trick names table, so it originated some time between 2001 and 2003, but the creator is unknown. The Japanese term スリップトソニック (slipped sonic) may be younger, as it doesn’t appear in any of the trick lists from Crasher (2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is used in a minicombo called &#039;&#039;&#039;Rising Fans&#039;&#039;&#039; which was created by Tohlz. He explained it in his website, and he included it inside his signature move HyperSonic 2. The minicombo consists of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 charge 34 &amp;gt; sonic clip 34-23 &amp;gt; charge 23&amp;gt; sonic clip 23-12 &amp;gt; charge 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moonwalk Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A moonwalk sonic is a sonic with the usual direction of rotation, but&lt;br /&gt;
with the order of the slots inverted. That is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 moonwalk sonic = sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name comes from Japanese notation, although it’s unknown who named it. In English, the usage of moonwalk is discouraged whenever the fingerslots can be written. For this reason, the Naming Committee deprecated the trick name in 2008, although it’s still used nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Side Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The side additive is applied to a sonic variation when the center finger (or at least one of the those fingers) is inverted during execution. It is mostly relevant to baseline sonic and flush sonic variations. Its usage as a modifier outside of those tricks are somewhat disputed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic nor 23-12 = sonic 23-12 ~ inv sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic rev 12-23 = inv sonic 12-23 ~ sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic nor 23-12 = inv sonic 23-12 ~ sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic rev 12-23 = sonic 12-23 ~ inv sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the main mechanic of a side sonic lies in its in-out motion, variations can be made where such motion can be extended further (in-out-in) within a single rotation, which further increases its complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first spinner who recorded the trick was Flip. Shortly after, Fratleym also recorded it and gave it the name side sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics performed using tipped charges rather than full charges. They are most commonly performed using a thumb slot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick itself was first done by Korean spinners in PDS. It was first named in UCPSB in 2006, in a thread where a member name Leviathan was asking if it had any name in English. FallenSeraph proposed the name Korean sonic, although he was worried about it creating another annoying dichotomy like the one regarding Weis/Korean backaround. The user grsbmd said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;Technically, this spin type has no circular motion. It’s just tipping up,then tipping back down. And it also doesn’t need to use the thumb. If you use other fingers, though, it starts looking a lot like a sonic.&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/tipped-sonic-t2241-s30.html#p1028014 grsbmd, Tipped sonic &amp;amp; Tipped charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, he generalized the concept for when the thumb isn’t involved, and&lt;br /&gt;
proposed the name tipped sonic. He also gave other examples (such as&lt;br /&gt;
tipped charge) of how the new modifier could be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the tipped sonic, applying various modifiers to create even more variations and posted them onto Youtube&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKasXyknpV4 Tipped Sonic video by OhYeaH!]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In that same year, he also submitted a combo comprised entirely of these tipped sonic variations for Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4NDQHv0XRFs OhYeaH!&#039;s WT17 R1 featuring tipped sonics for the entire combo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swivel===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Swivel}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I-Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm up sonic starting in 23 that stops completely halfway through in 13. When performed starting in the wiper-out position and with the palm facing the camera, the pen is hidden behind the hand, hence, the &#039;i&#039; in the name which stands for &#039;invisible&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonkura made a popular variation of this trick in which, while the mod was hidden behind the hand, he spread out his fingers to enhance the illusion of the pen having disappeared. Then, coming back to the initial position, the pen reappears and the trick is finished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was called アイソニックを超えるアイソニック (iSonic beyond iSonic) jokingly by Bonkura, but the name was used even a year and a half after that. Since Bonkura attended Kyoto University, it was also called 京大式アイソニック (Kyoto University-style iSonic). Another name was 真パーフェクト·アイ (true perfect I), which later was simplified to the current most popular name, パーフェクトアイ (perfect I)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MISS===&lt;br /&gt;
Stands for Mirrored Inverse Side Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a correctly executed MISS, the wrist shouldn’t turn and the moving finger  should stay straight during the first part of the trick and then clearly move to the other side of the hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done and named by i.suk in mid-late 2018, who then popularized it as a staple of technical spinning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cthulhu Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inverse tw sonic 12-24 &amp;gt;~ MISS 24-23. When correctly executed, the wrist motion should be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was coined by [[Nine]] in 2019 ad it was made popular due to the precise and unusual timing involved. It is also the first &amp;quot;Lovecraftian sonic&amp;quot; ever invented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nyarlathotep Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing the following&lt;br /&gt;
 Pass rev 12-24[2o] ~ inverse side sonic 24-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Leviathan Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 West sonic 12-31.24-34 ~ fs34-14.32-12 ~ east sonic 12-13.42-34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Amogus Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inv sonic 34-24 to 13-12 with a fingerswitch in between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==False Sonics==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that have the sonic name but do not contain any portion of a sonic trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neo Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Around#Neosonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flush Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Flush sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===East Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
These variations differ from the baseline sonic as they require four fingers minimum and those on the extremities never solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devil&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm down twisted sonic followed by a shadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although [[nhk_9]] claimed that this was his own trick and&lt;br /&gt;
name, [[Penstudioz]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJzx8HiKB9o Devil &amp;amp; demon compilation by PenstudioZ]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Pen Spin Sector]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20050316093226/http://pensector.hollosite.com Lordbojo &amp;amp; Phya on Pen Spin Sector]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; attribute it to [[Kam]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick is also used in a &#039;&#039;&#039;Devil&#039;s Conversion&#039;&#039;&#039; where it consists of a devil sonic, and while the pen is spinning over 12, change from PD to PU while bending the fingers and continue doing a knuckle spin, without any additional impulse (just the inertia of the pen). A reverse version of this trick was shown by Le0n as &#039;&#039;&#039;Reconversion&#039;&#039;&#039;, however he only performed PU knuckle spin rev ~ PD shadow rev in that video without finishing the devil&#039;s sonic rev.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Co Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[charge]] trick done in 23, partially pushed by bending the index finger, once per rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done by some spinner from Sendai (Japan), who called it コミュ障ソニック (comunication disability sonic). It was just a meme name, only known by other spinners from the area. Malimo discovered independently the charge 23 countered by the thumb and then taught it to Mesi, who developed new variations and showed them in his 2018 solo &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnrz3v58hmc Mesi&#039;s 2018 Jul. - Dec. solo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Inspired by this, Siva made and compiled eight possible variations, which he then uploaded in 2019 under the censored name co...sonic&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qM_OF7gohEQ 8 types of co...sonic by Siva]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4476</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4476"/>
		<updated>2025-12-09T06:45:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of variations resulting from simple application of modifiers or rearrangement of charge and pass, it is worth pointing out that substantial amount of twisted sonic variations are also hybridised with sonics. As such, overlap between the [[Sonic]] and this page may occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inverse Twisted Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warped Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MITS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== East Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Demon Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Demon Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Angel Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Angel Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Cthulhu Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Sonic#Cthulhu Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Double Charge ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Fingercross Twisted Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
A twisted sonic variation where the charge is instead replaced by a conical fingercross push in order to have the pen pass through the slots. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 2^3 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Charge&amp;diff=4475</id>
		<title>Charge</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Charge&amp;diff=4475"/>
		<updated>2025-12-09T06:26:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The charge is a fundamental trick in which the pen spins while held between two fingers which flick back and forth. Unlike passes and arounds, the pen spins without significantly bending the fingers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When performed palm up, the normal spins clockwise and the reverse counterclockwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At its core, Charge comprises of both a wiped charge and a tipped charge, which are both a part of the fundamental components/movements within tricks as proposed by RPD in Simplified Elementary Notation. The combination of both such tricks results in a conical movement. In other words, charge encompasses the very mechanic of such conical motion which serves as the foundation of a a substantial portion of tricks in Pen Spinning. This includes major trick families such as [[Sonic]] (charge + fingerswitch) and [[Twisted Sonic]] (charge + pass).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick had various names in the past such as &#039;fake sonic&#039; (by Hideaki Kondoh), &#039;gyrating twirl&#039; (by Patrick Szeto) and &#039;pen twirl&#039;. Kam&#039;s name of &#039;charge&#039; eventually became standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped===&lt;br /&gt;
The tipped charge generates conical rotation only from the flicking on the fingers and therefore its rotational axis is parallel to the fingers. It cannot produce continuous rotations in a single direction as the structure of the bones would allow at most 1.0 rotations. Tipped charges are sometimes used to replace baseline charges in sonics and is especially common when using the thumb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
In-Out charges are performed in a thumb slot and involves the change of the side of the finger that is holding onto the pen during execution of a charge. ‘In’ refers to the palm side while ‘Out refers to the back side and the manner by which the pen holding position charges is reflected in the name (a variation that transitions from ‘Out’ to ‘In’ is an ‘Out-In’ charge). It is hypothetically possible to use a pair of fingers without the thumb but it is almost never done due to the extreme flexibility required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiped-out and curled===&lt;br /&gt;
A charge performed with fingers curled in that can only be performed by holding the pen at its end in the wiped-out position (the COG is on the side the backhand).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fishing===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Fishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===8 Charge===&lt;br /&gt;
A charge variation that instead of looking like a circle, the rotations instead mimic the number 8. The trick consists of a 0.5 charge interrupted by a Vertical &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; shape half tipped charge, before continuing with a 0.5 Charge reverse. This trick was invented by Fel2fram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kayak Charge===&lt;br /&gt;
A 3-finger based charge first performed by PPP spinner Czesio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pyralux Charge===&lt;br /&gt;
A charge where an isolation is performed at the half-point of a palm down charge by turning the hand around the tip end of the mod.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blaze Ring===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Roll#Blaze Ring}}&lt;br /&gt;
A charge variation hybridised together with a roll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Charge tutorial by [[Ktrinh93]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K6sEQECvcsY&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tipped Charge tutorial by [[Freeman]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9apDAoQI84o&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tipped Charge tutorial by [[Fel2Fram]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vkvMbVqiYW4&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4474</id>
		<title>Around</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4474"/>
		<updated>2025-12-05T02:13:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Raimo Backaround */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Arounds&#039;&#039;&#039; are tricks that involve turning the pen in a disc motion around fingers, body parts or other objects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are potentially the oldest pen spinning trick, and one of the most versatile and developed, ranging from the simple &#039;&#039;&#039;Thumbaround&#039;&#039;&#039; to the difficult &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;. Arounds are the most common tricks used as combo finishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The thumbaround is most likely the first trick to be discovered. The first names that we have records of are those from the special feature in Korokoro comic: big roll for TA and reverse roll for TA rev. Around 1997, Hideaki coined the term normal and adapted reverse from the Korokoro Comic name. Later,&lt;br /&gt;
after creating the names for the spin number modifiers (half, single, single&lt;br /&gt;
axel etc) he also used single as another name for the thumbaround. When&lt;br /&gt;
Kam made Pentix, he started calling the trick 360 Degree Normal/Reverse,&lt;br /&gt;
using normal and reverse like Hideaki. The name was then changed by either&lt;br /&gt;
Kam or nhk_9 in late 2003, but the topic where that was discussed has been&lt;br /&gt;
lost. In March 10th, 2004, in Pentrix, Kam listed the trick as thumbaround&lt;br /&gt;
normal/reverse, which is the only name used in English nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many Chinese names. The first one comes from the Taiwanese sula_la. The tricks in his website are all named after “The Eighteen&lt;br /&gt;
Palms”, which were popular at the time. In particular, 亢龍有悔 means the&lt;br /&gt;
proud dragon repents. 亢龍有悔 is the most well known sula_la name, especially by older spinners. In Chinese common vocabulary, the trick is referred&lt;br /&gt;
as 繞大拇指的 and in Taiwan and Mainland, 正轉 is another common name.&lt;br /&gt;
However, among experienced spinners, just calling it TA is common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it’s a debate that is no longer active, the difference&lt;br /&gt;
between an around and a spin was heavily discussed back at the beginning&lt;br /&gt;
of the century. The first name in English notation for one of these fingerarounds was indexspin, by Kam in 2000. It’s uncertain who started this change, but as early as in 2003 we can see the name indexaround for this very same trick in penstudioz, although indexspin was still cited as the main name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2004, the Naming Committee released an article called “Around vs Spin” in&lt;br /&gt;
which the difference between both trick names was established: around for&lt;br /&gt;
1.0 revolutions and spin for 1.5 and higher. However, the actual first name for one of these tricks comes from Japan, as the Korokoro comic (1990) had ガンマンロール (gunman roll) as the name for the IA rev 12-T12. Hideaki then simplified the name to ガンマン (gunman) and extended its meaning to all fingeraround reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tiltdiagram.jpg|thumb|300px|Diagram of standard tilt, as in arounds, and reverse tilt, as in backarounds.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Arounds are separated based on &#039;&#039;normal&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;reverse&#039;&#039; direction, plus their &#039;&#039;tilt&#039;&#039; of the disc the ends follow when the trick is performed. Standard tilt has the disc tilted towards the palm on the palmar side of the hand, and reverse tilt away from the palm on the palmar side. When arounds are performed palm down, their direction of rotation relative to the Earth is reversed, with clockwise becoming anti-clockwise and vice-versa.&lt;br /&gt;
===Standard tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumbaround====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the oldest tricks. The pen is pushed with a finger to turn 360 degrees around the thumb before being caught. Originally performed between slots T12-T1 and pushed with the middle finger. The reverse is typically pushed with the curled index finger in the catch position of the original thumbaround.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Extended Thumbaround=====&lt;br /&gt;
A very common hybrid of a thumbaround and a bust notated as such: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Thumbaround T2 ~ Bust 12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick transitions from a standard tilt to the reverse tilt and has a total of 1.5 rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first name was given by kam in 2001: extended 360 degree normal, with 360 degree normal being the name that he had given for a thumbaround at the time. After the name change to thumbaround, he also changed the name of this trick. In Japanese, the term tornado was being used to describe fake double &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QFRoJ2RoaPI Hideaki, Tornado. 2001]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, but then its meaning changed to describe this trick as well. Tornado is understood in English as cont ext TA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fake Double====&lt;br /&gt;
A fake double consists of doing a thumbaround and then an indexaround, while on palm side during the whole motion of the trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 fake double = (PS) TA ~&amp;gt; Fl IA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, Kam called the trick 720 degree normal in one of the first versions of Pentix. The origin of the name fake double is uncertain, but it is thought that it was given by Kam, as both fake double and fake triple appear in his recommended trick learning chart (2002), and fake triple is known to be his creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, Hideaki initially called this trick トルネード (tornado) but&lt;br /&gt;
nowadays, that means extended TA, both in English and Japanese. In 2001, Hideaki changed it to スプレッドダブル (spread double), which is the most common name nowadays,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the definitions of ext TA, fake double and thumbindexaround are clear nowadays, the debate was intense back in the day. The UPSB v2 thread for those tricks was infamously long and convoluted, although it has been lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fingerarounds====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 1.0 rotations around a finger as it&#039;s pushed by a finger closer to the pinky side. The fingers that the pen goes around are added as a prefix in the notation (e.g. indexaround 12-12, midringaround 34-23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, ガンマン (gunman) is used for fingeraround reverse. The&lt;br /&gt;
modifier シメトリカル (symmetrical) is usually equivalent to inverse, but in&lt;br /&gt;
this case it’s more similar to mirrored. A シメトリカルガンマン (symmetrical&lt;br /&gt;
gunman) would be, for example, MA 12-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Korea, originally the (finger)arounds were written as 역수직 일회전 (perpendicular reverse one revolution) but in the 2005 NX lectures, the term&lt;br /&gt;
154 Perpendicular arounds 휘감기 (winding) was created. This is used as a suffix together with finger prefixes, in a similar way as in English. We should notice that in Korean notation, the same term is used for both bust and indexaround, thus ignoring how angled the trajectory may be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Fingeraround 0.5=====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 0.5 rotations around a finger before it is stopped and caught by a finger closer to the thumb side. The notation may be confusing as the 0.5 suffix denotes the number of times the pen rotates around a finger while notation for something like midbak 1.5 denotes the number of topspin rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neosonic====&lt;br /&gt;
An around 0.5 reverse into a thumb slot or the thumb flap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name neosonic was coined by Kam as a reference to&lt;br /&gt;
beginners failing to understand the movement of sonic and doing this trick&lt;br /&gt;
instead. The original neosonic was a MA rev 23-Tf, which is the trick that&lt;br /&gt;
Kam had described in Pentix and that Szeto had explained in Iluvitar some&lt;br /&gt;
years prior, but since then, IA rev 12-Tf has become the de-facto neosonic&lt;br /&gt;
when no slots are specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Spread====&lt;br /&gt;
A spread is a palm up fingerless around that makes contact with the knuckles (i.e. backhand). Similar to how continuous fingerless busts are performed, spreads are performed with the pen hitting the knuckles in order to gain vertical height as opposed to fingerless arounds which only spin around them. It is due to the added verticality that some spinners incorrectly see spreads as aerials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term spread originates in Japanese notation. There&lt;br /&gt;
was some confusion regarding this trick name from various videos on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
Jamie Enns explained in the UPSB v3 how in Japan it’s used for two different&lt;br /&gt;
kinds of tricks, and that since English notation has enough names for palm&lt;br /&gt;
down fl arounds (bak, bust, fl around) we should only use it for the other&lt;br /&gt;
type. In Korean, 스프레드 (Spread) has the same meaning as in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fxxk====&lt;br /&gt;
The fxxk is a variation of the spread, usually done with the fingers more&lt;br /&gt;
or less straight and palm up, with the pen rolling on the back of the fingers&lt;br /&gt;
before being thrown to the air. The most common variation is middle fxxk.&lt;br /&gt;
It’s from that finger positioning that the name comes from.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Armaround====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Arm Around&#039;&#039;&#039;, sometimes referred to by the Thai name &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;, is an around trick where the pen makes 1.0 rotations around the forearm. The trick is almost exclusively used in conjunction with other FL tricks or as a finisher in certain technical spinning combos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The arm around was invented by Pyralux and was originally called the &#039;arm bak&#039;, but it would be [[Spinnerpeem]] who popularized the trick and gave it the popular name Pun Kan (translated from Thai as &#039;arm coil&#039;) after performing it five times continuously in his final round combo of the [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2010]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Powerpass====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Powerpass}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Antigravity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rex Trick====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a linkage comprising of a fingerless TA reverse followed by a small fingerless charge in the TF slot with a simultaneous palm side to palm down switch. Then, while palm down, the mod does a 0.5 spin and is caught in the same slot that the trick started. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is named after Rex, a member of TWPS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
====Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Shortened to simply &#039;bak&#039;, backarounds are like the standard arounds but the tilt is in the opposite direction for a given hand orientation. Palm down around reverses tilt away from the back of the hand, while backarounds tilt towards the back of the hand when the trick starts. Backarounds have the opposite direction to arounds, as historically the backaround was considered to be a separate, individual trick without a reverse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midbak 1.5s and pinkybak are very common finishers with the former being an iconic staple for aesthetic spinning, especially for styles that utilize the MX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The backaround originated from David Weis in 1999 as an attempt to perform continuous arounds without using the fingers to push the pen. The reason the normal of the backaround spins opposite of the standard tilt around is because he found it easier to perform arounds continuously in the &amp;quot;reverse direction&amp;quot; as stated by Weis himself, later on calling it the &#039;backaround&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20181001234754/https://web.archive.org/web/20090422094607/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?p=609#609 David Weis on creating the backaround]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Bust=====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Bust&#039;&#039;&#039; is a common name for a reverse Backaround. Continuous fingerless busts around the index finger are performed with the pen hitting the middle finger in order to gain enough vertical height to spin around the index finger. They are a very common finisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first instance of the word bust is in 2002, with the&lt;br /&gt;
creation by Kam of the trick sonic bust (see: Sonic bust). His objective with&lt;br /&gt;
that trick was to link two tricks that in principle have different directions of rotation: the sonic (CW) and the indexaround (CCW). This was the first&lt;br /&gt;
definition of bust: an indexaround attached to a trick which, in principle,&lt;br /&gt;
had a different direction of rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was used widely during UPSB v2 and in 2006, there were&lt;br /&gt;
three well known tricks with the bust modifier attached to them: sonic&lt;br /&gt;
bust, twisted sonic bust and demon sonic bust &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/bust-discussions-t3882.html#p1264748 Dongza on &amp;quot;Bust&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Years later, Thai powertrickers popularized its continuous usage. At that point, the initial definition was lost, and bust not only began to mean attaching a backaround reverse to any trick regardless of its direction of rotation, but it started to be used as a standalone trick as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese Notation, this trick is mostly notated with スプレッド (spread), although the name バスト (bust) can also be seen at times, especially among powertrickers and newer generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumb Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Once confusingly called &amp;quot;Thumb lever&amp;quot;, it follows the same rule as the backaround. The normal direction is reversed and it uses the opposite tilt for hand orientation. Originally performed palm up only. Rarely performed in &lt;br /&gt;
reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Raimo Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Raimo Backaround&#039;&#039;&#039; is a hybrid between a backaround and a pass rev. The trick was characteristic of the Japanese spinner Raimo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bakfall====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;backaround fall&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;bakfall&#039;&#039;&#039;, consists of dong four backarounds, starting with the index finger and finishing with the pinky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 bakfall = bak 12-12 &amp;gt; midbak 12-23 &amp;gt; ringbak 23-34 &amp;gt; pinkybak 34-34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name bakfall is just an abbreviation of backaround fall. During the UPSB v2 era, Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discussed how a true backaround fall would be done, but ended up coming up with a neobak fall &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20060317075255/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?t=769 Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discuss how a true backaround fall would be done, end up with neobak fall]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. When and who came up with its current version is unknown, but in 2007 it was already an established trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the topic of the rise and fall modifiers, Sketching said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;If you’re not doing one of the standard Rise/Fall combos (Sonic, Backaround, Neobak), I would suggest just writing out the individual tricks that you do&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/rise-fall-t6683.html#p1539057 Skteching on &amp;quot;Rise and fall&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rk8AmDGVpXI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround Reverse=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CyZLvv5heHU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fingeraround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1lnE2fKbfXw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Backaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rUPsGpD-Y4Q&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aBwqApCz0O0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Multiple Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/0yL7hn011V8?si=PBpOymCMIKD4xh79&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Extended Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/_e0aH-0OIeA?si=2FXYM3Vz3DoCYAYR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fake Double=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYY01xeIhRE&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Spread=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/ntUGecjN5qU?si=5pBeQRC_k5PxyDxR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Powerpass=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/eCtWe3LCCEA?si=Sz8QgtItxH3jhz4j&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Lever=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/4Ta8g1gBBKk?si=RGHr-spErHEp1egA&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4473</id>
		<title>Around</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4473"/>
		<updated>2025-12-05T02:13:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* =Raimo Backaround */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Arounds&#039;&#039;&#039; are tricks that involve turning the pen in a disc motion around fingers, body parts or other objects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are potentially the oldest pen spinning trick, and one of the most versatile and developed, ranging from the simple &#039;&#039;&#039;Thumbaround&#039;&#039;&#039; to the difficult &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;. Arounds are the most common tricks used as combo finishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The thumbaround is most likely the first trick to be discovered. The first names that we have records of are those from the special feature in Korokoro comic: big roll for TA and reverse roll for TA rev. Around 1997, Hideaki coined the term normal and adapted reverse from the Korokoro Comic name. Later,&lt;br /&gt;
after creating the names for the spin number modifiers (half, single, single&lt;br /&gt;
axel etc) he also used single as another name for the thumbaround. When&lt;br /&gt;
Kam made Pentix, he started calling the trick 360 Degree Normal/Reverse,&lt;br /&gt;
using normal and reverse like Hideaki. The name was then changed by either&lt;br /&gt;
Kam or nhk_9 in late 2003, but the topic where that was discussed has been&lt;br /&gt;
lost. In March 10th, 2004, in Pentrix, Kam listed the trick as thumbaround&lt;br /&gt;
normal/reverse, which is the only name used in English nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many Chinese names. The first one comes from the Taiwanese sula_la. The tricks in his website are all named after “The Eighteen&lt;br /&gt;
Palms”, which were popular at the time. In particular, 亢龍有悔 means the&lt;br /&gt;
proud dragon repents. 亢龍有悔 is the most well known sula_la name, especially by older spinners. In Chinese common vocabulary, the trick is referred&lt;br /&gt;
as 繞大拇指的 and in Taiwan and Mainland, 正轉 is another common name.&lt;br /&gt;
However, among experienced spinners, just calling it TA is common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it’s a debate that is no longer active, the difference&lt;br /&gt;
between an around and a spin was heavily discussed back at the beginning&lt;br /&gt;
of the century. The first name in English notation for one of these fingerarounds was indexspin, by Kam in 2000. It’s uncertain who started this change, but as early as in 2003 we can see the name indexaround for this very same trick in penstudioz, although indexspin was still cited as the main name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2004, the Naming Committee released an article called “Around vs Spin” in&lt;br /&gt;
which the difference between both trick names was established: around for&lt;br /&gt;
1.0 revolutions and spin for 1.5 and higher. However, the actual first name for one of these tricks comes from Japan, as the Korokoro comic (1990) had ガンマンロール (gunman roll) as the name for the IA rev 12-T12. Hideaki then simplified the name to ガンマン (gunman) and extended its meaning to all fingeraround reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tiltdiagram.jpg|thumb|300px|Diagram of standard tilt, as in arounds, and reverse tilt, as in backarounds.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Arounds are separated based on &#039;&#039;normal&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;reverse&#039;&#039; direction, plus their &#039;&#039;tilt&#039;&#039; of the disc the ends follow when the trick is performed. Standard tilt has the disc tilted towards the palm on the palmar side of the hand, and reverse tilt away from the palm on the palmar side. When arounds are performed palm down, their direction of rotation relative to the Earth is reversed, with clockwise becoming anti-clockwise and vice-versa.&lt;br /&gt;
===Standard tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumbaround====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the oldest tricks. The pen is pushed with a finger to turn 360 degrees around the thumb before being caught. Originally performed between slots T12-T1 and pushed with the middle finger. The reverse is typically pushed with the curled index finger in the catch position of the original thumbaround.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Extended Thumbaround=====&lt;br /&gt;
A very common hybrid of a thumbaround and a bust notated as such: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Thumbaround T2 ~ Bust 12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick transitions from a standard tilt to the reverse tilt and has a total of 1.5 rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first name was given by kam in 2001: extended 360 degree normal, with 360 degree normal being the name that he had given for a thumbaround at the time. After the name change to thumbaround, he also changed the name of this trick. In Japanese, the term tornado was being used to describe fake double &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QFRoJ2RoaPI Hideaki, Tornado. 2001]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, but then its meaning changed to describe this trick as well. Tornado is understood in English as cont ext TA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fake Double====&lt;br /&gt;
A fake double consists of doing a thumbaround and then an indexaround, while on palm side during the whole motion of the trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 fake double = (PS) TA ~&amp;gt; Fl IA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, Kam called the trick 720 degree normal in one of the first versions of Pentix. The origin of the name fake double is uncertain, but it is thought that it was given by Kam, as both fake double and fake triple appear in his recommended trick learning chart (2002), and fake triple is known to be his creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, Hideaki initially called this trick トルネード (tornado) but&lt;br /&gt;
nowadays, that means extended TA, both in English and Japanese. In 2001, Hideaki changed it to スプレッドダブル (spread double), which is the most common name nowadays,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the definitions of ext TA, fake double and thumbindexaround are clear nowadays, the debate was intense back in the day. The UPSB v2 thread for those tricks was infamously long and convoluted, although it has been lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fingerarounds====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 1.0 rotations around a finger as it&#039;s pushed by a finger closer to the pinky side. The fingers that the pen goes around are added as a prefix in the notation (e.g. indexaround 12-12, midringaround 34-23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, ガンマン (gunman) is used for fingeraround reverse. The&lt;br /&gt;
modifier シメトリカル (symmetrical) is usually equivalent to inverse, but in&lt;br /&gt;
this case it’s more similar to mirrored. A シメトリカルガンマン (symmetrical&lt;br /&gt;
gunman) would be, for example, MA 12-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Korea, originally the (finger)arounds were written as 역수직 일회전 (perpendicular reverse one revolution) but in the 2005 NX lectures, the term&lt;br /&gt;
154 Perpendicular arounds 휘감기 (winding) was created. This is used as a suffix together with finger prefixes, in a similar way as in English. We should notice that in Korean notation, the same term is used for both bust and indexaround, thus ignoring how angled the trajectory may be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Fingeraround 0.5=====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 0.5 rotations around a finger before it is stopped and caught by a finger closer to the thumb side. The notation may be confusing as the 0.5 suffix denotes the number of times the pen rotates around a finger while notation for something like midbak 1.5 denotes the number of topspin rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neosonic====&lt;br /&gt;
An around 0.5 reverse into a thumb slot or the thumb flap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name neosonic was coined by Kam as a reference to&lt;br /&gt;
beginners failing to understand the movement of sonic and doing this trick&lt;br /&gt;
instead. The original neosonic was a MA rev 23-Tf, which is the trick that&lt;br /&gt;
Kam had described in Pentix and that Szeto had explained in Iluvitar some&lt;br /&gt;
years prior, but since then, IA rev 12-Tf has become the de-facto neosonic&lt;br /&gt;
when no slots are specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Spread====&lt;br /&gt;
A spread is a palm up fingerless around that makes contact with the knuckles (i.e. backhand). Similar to how continuous fingerless busts are performed, spreads are performed with the pen hitting the knuckles in order to gain vertical height as opposed to fingerless arounds which only spin around them. It is due to the added verticality that some spinners incorrectly see spreads as aerials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term spread originates in Japanese notation. There&lt;br /&gt;
was some confusion regarding this trick name from various videos on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
Jamie Enns explained in the UPSB v3 how in Japan it’s used for two different&lt;br /&gt;
kinds of tricks, and that since English notation has enough names for palm&lt;br /&gt;
down fl arounds (bak, bust, fl around) we should only use it for the other&lt;br /&gt;
type. In Korean, 스프레드 (Spread) has the same meaning as in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fxxk====&lt;br /&gt;
The fxxk is a variation of the spread, usually done with the fingers more&lt;br /&gt;
or less straight and palm up, with the pen rolling on the back of the fingers&lt;br /&gt;
before being thrown to the air. The most common variation is middle fxxk.&lt;br /&gt;
It’s from that finger positioning that the name comes from.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Armaround====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Arm Around&#039;&#039;&#039;, sometimes referred to by the Thai name &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;, is an around trick where the pen makes 1.0 rotations around the forearm. The trick is almost exclusively used in conjunction with other FL tricks or as a finisher in certain technical spinning combos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The arm around was invented by Pyralux and was originally called the &#039;arm bak&#039;, but it would be [[Spinnerpeem]] who popularized the trick and gave it the popular name Pun Kan (translated from Thai as &#039;arm coil&#039;) after performing it five times continuously in his final round combo of the [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2010]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Powerpass====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Powerpass}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Antigravity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rex Trick====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a linkage comprising of a fingerless TA reverse followed by a small fingerless charge in the TF slot with a simultaneous palm side to palm down switch. Then, while palm down, the mod does a 0.5 spin and is caught in the same slot that the trick started. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is named after Rex, a member of TWPS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
====Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Shortened to simply &#039;bak&#039;, backarounds are like the standard arounds but the tilt is in the opposite direction for a given hand orientation. Palm down around reverses tilt away from the back of the hand, while backarounds tilt towards the back of the hand when the trick starts. Backarounds have the opposite direction to arounds, as historically the backaround was considered to be a separate, individual trick without a reverse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midbak 1.5s and pinkybak are very common finishers with the former being an iconic staple for aesthetic spinning, especially for styles that utilize the MX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The backaround originated from David Weis in 1999 as an attempt to perform continuous arounds without using the fingers to push the pen. The reason the normal of the backaround spins opposite of the standard tilt around is because he found it easier to perform arounds continuously in the &amp;quot;reverse direction&amp;quot; as stated by Weis himself, later on calling it the &#039;backaround&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20181001234754/https://web.archive.org/web/20090422094607/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?p=609#609 David Weis on creating the backaround]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Bust=====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Bust&#039;&#039;&#039; is a common name for a reverse Backaround. Continuous fingerless busts around the index finger are performed with the pen hitting the middle finger in order to gain enough vertical height to spin around the index finger. They are a very common finisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first instance of the word bust is in 2002, with the&lt;br /&gt;
creation by Kam of the trick sonic bust (see: Sonic bust). His objective with&lt;br /&gt;
that trick was to link two tricks that in principle have different directions of rotation: the sonic (CW) and the indexaround (CCW). This was the first&lt;br /&gt;
definition of bust: an indexaround attached to a trick which, in principle,&lt;br /&gt;
had a different direction of rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was used widely during UPSB v2 and in 2006, there were&lt;br /&gt;
three well known tricks with the bust modifier attached to them: sonic&lt;br /&gt;
bust, twisted sonic bust and demon sonic bust &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/bust-discussions-t3882.html#p1264748 Dongza on &amp;quot;Bust&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Years later, Thai powertrickers popularized its continuous usage. At that point, the initial definition was lost, and bust not only began to mean attaching a backaround reverse to any trick regardless of its direction of rotation, but it started to be used as a standalone trick as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese Notation, this trick is mostly notated with スプレッド (spread), although the name バスト (bust) can also be seen at times, especially among powertrickers and newer generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumb Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Once confusingly called &amp;quot;Thumb lever&amp;quot;, it follows the same rule as the backaround. The normal direction is reversed and it uses the opposite tilt for hand orientation. Originally performed palm up only. Rarely performed in &lt;br /&gt;
reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Raimo Backaround===&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Raimo Backaround&#039;&#039;&#039; is a hybrid between a backaround and a pass rev. The trick was characteristic of the Japanese spinner Raimo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bakfall====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;backaround fall&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;bakfall&#039;&#039;&#039;, consists of dong four backarounds, starting with the index finger and finishing with the pinky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 bakfall = bak 12-12 &amp;gt; midbak 12-23 &amp;gt; ringbak 23-34 &amp;gt; pinkybak 34-34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name bakfall is just an abbreviation of backaround fall. During the UPSB v2 era, Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discussed how a true backaround fall would be done, but ended up coming up with a neobak fall &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20060317075255/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?t=769 Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discuss how a true backaround fall would be done, end up with neobak fall]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. When and who came up with its current version is unknown, but in 2007 it was already an established trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the topic of the rise and fall modifiers, Sketching said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;If you’re not doing one of the standard Rise/Fall combos (Sonic, Backaround, Neobak), I would suggest just writing out the individual tricks that you do&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/rise-fall-t6683.html#p1539057 Skteching on &amp;quot;Rise and fall&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rk8AmDGVpXI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround Reverse=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CyZLvv5heHU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fingeraround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1lnE2fKbfXw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Backaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rUPsGpD-Y4Q&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aBwqApCz0O0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Multiple Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/0yL7hn011V8?si=PBpOymCMIKD4xh79&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Extended Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/_e0aH-0OIeA?si=2FXYM3Vz3DoCYAYR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fake Double=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYY01xeIhRE&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Spread=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/ntUGecjN5qU?si=5pBeQRC_k5PxyDxR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Powerpass=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/eCtWe3LCCEA?si=Sz8QgtItxH3jhz4j&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Lever=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/4Ta8g1gBBKk?si=RGHr-spErHEp1egA&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Charge&amp;diff=4465</id>
		<title>Charge</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Charge&amp;diff=4465"/>
		<updated>2025-12-03T02:43:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The charge is a fundamental trick in which the pen spins while held between two fingers which flick back and forth. Unlike passes and arounds, the pen spins without significantly bending the fingers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When performed palm up, the normal spins clockwise and the reverse counterclockwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick had various names in the past such as &#039;fake sonic&#039; (by Hideaki Kondoh), &#039;gyrating twirl&#039; (by Patrick Szeto) and &#039;pen twirl&#039;. Kam&#039;s name of &#039;charge&#039; eventually became standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
A trick that has 1.5 rotations which combines a charge with a pass reverse. It is technically not a sonic despite the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped===&lt;br /&gt;
The tipped charge generates conical rotation only from the flicking on the fingers and therefore its rotational axis is parallel to the fingers. It cannot produce continuous rotations in a single direction as the structure of the bones would allow at most 1.0 rotations. Tipped charges are sometimes used to replace baseline charges in sonics and is especially common when using the thumb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
In-Out charges are performed in a thumb slot and involves the change of the side of the finger that is holding onto the pen during execution of a charge. ‘In’ refers to the palm side while ‘Out refers to the back side and the manner by which the pen holding position charges is reflected in the name (a variation that transitions from ‘Out’ to ‘In’ is an ‘Out-In’ charge). It is hypothetically possible to use a pair of fingers without the thumb but it is almost never done due to the extreme flexibility required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiped-out and curled===&lt;br /&gt;
A charge performed with fingers curled in that can only be performed by holding the pen at its end in the wiped-out position (the COG is on the side the backhand).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fishing===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Fishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===8 Charge===&lt;br /&gt;
A charge variation that instead of looking like a circle, the rotations instead mimic the number 8. The trick consists of a 0.5 charge interrupted by a Vertical &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; shape half tipped charge, before continuing with a 0.5 Charge reverse. This trick was invented by Fel2fram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kayak Charge===&lt;br /&gt;
A 3-finger based charge first performed by PPP spinner Czesio.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pyralux Charge===&lt;br /&gt;
A charge where an isolation is performed at the half-point of a palm down charge by turning the hand around the tip end of the mod.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blaze Ring===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Roll#Blaze Ring}}&lt;br /&gt;
A charge variation hybridised together with a roll.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Charge tutorial by [[Ktrinh93]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K6sEQECvcsY&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tipped Charge tutorial by [[Freeman]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9apDAoQI84o&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tipped Charge tutorial by [[Fel2Fram]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vkvMbVqiYW4&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4463</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4463"/>
		<updated>2025-10-04T09:16:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Notation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is the technique of using both hands when spinning. The addition of another hand adds an entire level of complexity not possible with simply relying on 1 hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category is often abbreviated as 2H, 2H1P, 1P2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Disclaimer:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
As 2H as a whole is a largely unmapped territory in Pen Spinning, this page should only be seen as a very rough framework that is always subject to change as the hobby develops. The categorisation of concepts, theories and tricks proposed should only be regarded as one interpretation of viewing 2H and should be always met with scepticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==Twirl==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Powerpasses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Charges==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Wipers / Helix==&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index finger. There are two main variants depending on which side it is hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing the end of the pen is a variant invented by Freeman and is regarded as a 2H equivalent to a wiper where the motion is derived from hand or wrist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing by the center is a variant invented by Freeman where he uses the fingers of the other hand to assist, causing the pen to spin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Shadows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sunflower Trick==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kaleidoscope==&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air Clap==&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kamehameha==&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Concepts=&lt;br /&gt;
==Transfers==&lt;br /&gt;
Transfers involve a 1H trick or linkage where the motion is continued to the other hand, which effectively transfers the pen in a purposeful manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
2H Fingercross involves overlapping fingers of both hands on top of each other. This is a very broad concept that covers every trick that involves interlacing the fingers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Simultaneous Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
Simultaneous tricks involve performing 2 separate tricks within one single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerstuck / Linked 2H==&lt;br /&gt;
Fingerstuck both hands to be linked by the fingers in some form. Essentially, this allows both hands to operate as one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more fingers are linked together, movement becomes more limited which adds another level of restriction to 2H. However, it also opens up more positions to be utilized and it is up to the spinner to navigate through those positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further evolution of linked 2H is FC Fingerstuck where fingers of one hand is inserted in a X-cross of another hand. Fingers can also be linked using O-crosses, limiting even more movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Standup==&lt;br /&gt;
Standup is a style that involves filming while standing, typically with at least the entire torso visible. There is an emphasis on engaging performance, use of space and larger motions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Videos in this category can be as long as 45 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resources/Tutorials=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Ozone=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NEgqjdZDfkg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lviCKfeoUWI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|OhYeaH!=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ouxhn9jGEjU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TN6cRCK2kBg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyFWgW7Jk2o&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Snow=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kJqqM35EcUI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
Credit to RPD for the entire notation section and some of the tricks. Will properly rephrase soon&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4462</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4462"/>
		<updated>2025-10-03T09:32:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is the technique of using both hands when spinning. The addition of another hand adds an entire level of complexity not possible with simply relying on 1 hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category is often abbreviated as 2H, 2H1P, 1P2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Disclaimer:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
As 2H as a whole is a largely unmapped territory in Pen Spinning, this page should only be seen as a very rough framework that is always subject to change as the hobby develops. The categorisation of concepts, theories and tricks proposed should only be regarded as one interpretation of viewing 2H and should be always met with scepticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==Twirl==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Powerpasses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Charges==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Wipers / Helix==&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index finger. There are two main variants depending on which side it is hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing the end of the pen is a variant invented by Freeman and is regarded as a 2H equivalent to a wiper where the motion is derived from hand or wrist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing by the center is a variant invented by Freeman where he uses the fingers of the other hand to assist, causing the pen to spin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Shadows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sunflower Trick==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kaleidoscope==&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air Clap==&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kamehameha==&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Concepts=&lt;br /&gt;
==Transfers==&lt;br /&gt;
Transfers involve a 1H trick or linkage where the motion is continued to the other hand, which effectively transfers the pen in a purposeful manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
2H Fingercross involves overlapping fingers of both hands on top of each other. This is a very broad concept that covers every trick that involves interlacing the fingers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Simultaneous Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
Simultaneous tricks involve performing 2 separate tricks within one single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerstuck / Linked 2H==&lt;br /&gt;
Fingerstuck both hands to be linked by the fingers in some form. Essentially, this allows both hands to operate as one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more fingers are linked together, movement becomes more limited which adds another level of restriction to 2H. However, it also opens up more positions to be utilized and it is up to the spinner to navigate through those positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further evolution of linked 2H is FC Fingerstuck where fingers of one hand is inserted in a X-cross of another hand. Fingers can also be linked using O-crosses, limiting even more movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Standup==&lt;br /&gt;
Standup is a style that involves filming while standing, typically with at least the entire torso visible. There is an emphasis on engaging performance, use of space and larger motions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Videos in this category can be as long as 45 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. While Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resources/Tutorials=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Ozone=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NEgqjdZDfkg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lviCKfeoUWI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|OhYeaH!=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ouxhn9jGEjU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TN6cRCK2kBg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyFWgW7Jk2o&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Snow=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kJqqM35EcUI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
Credit to RPD for the entire notation section and some of the tricks. Will properly rephrase soon&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4461</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4461"/>
		<updated>2025-10-03T08:04:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is the technique of using both hands when spinning. The addition of another hand adds an entire level of complexity not possible with simply relying on 1 hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category is often abbreviated as 2H, 2H1P, 1P2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Disclaimer:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
As 2H as a whole is a largely unmapped territory in Pen Spinning, this page should only be seen as a very rough framework that is always subject to change as the hobby develops. The categorisation of concepts, theories and tricks proposed should only be regarded as one interpretation of viewing 2H and should be always met with scepticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==Twirl==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Powerpasses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Charges==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Wipers / Helix==&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index finger. There are two main variants depending on which side it is hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing the end of the pen is a variant invented by Freeman and is regarded as a 2H equivalent to a wiper where the motion is derived from hand or wrist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing by the center is a variant invented by Freeman where he uses the fingers of the other hand to assist, causing the pen to spin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Shadows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sunflower Trick==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kaleidoscope==&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air Clap==&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kamehameha==&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Concepts=&lt;br /&gt;
==Transfers==&lt;br /&gt;
Transfers involve a 1H trick or linkage where the motion is continued to the other hand, which effectively transfers the pen in a purposeful manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
2H Fingercross involves overlapping fingers of both hands on top of each other. This is a very broad concept that covers every trick that involves interlacing the fingers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Simultaneous Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
Simultaneous tricks involve performing 2 separate tricks within one single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerstuck / Linked 2H=&lt;br /&gt;
Fingerstuck both hands to be linked by the fingers in some form. Essentially, this allows both hands to operate as one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more fingers are linked together, movement becomes more limited which adds another level of restriction to 2H. However, it also opens up more positions to be utilized and it is up to the spinner to navigate through those positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further evolution of linked 2H is FC Fingerstuck where fingers of one hand is inserted in a X-cross of another hand. Fingers can also be linked using O-crosses, limiting even more movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Standup==&lt;br /&gt;
Standup is a style that involves filming while standing, typically with at least the entire torso visible. There is an emphasis on engaging performance, use of space and larger motions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Videos in this category can be as long as 45 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. While Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resources/Tutorials=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Ozone=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NEgqjdZDfkg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lviCKfeoUWI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|OhYeaH!=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ouxhn9jGEjU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TN6cRCK2kBg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyFWgW7Jk2o&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Snow=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kJqqM35EcUI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
Credit to RPD for the entire notation section and some of the tricks. Will properly rephrase soon&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4460</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4460"/>
		<updated>2025-10-03T04:39:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is the technique of using both hands when spinning. The addition of another hand adds an entire level of complexity not possible with simply relying on 1 hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category is often abbreviated as 2H, 2H1P, 1P2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Disclaimer:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
As 2H as a whole is a largely unmapped territory in Pen Spinning, this page should only be seen as a very rough framework that is always subject to change as the hobby develops. The categorisation of concepts, theories and tricks proposed should only be regarded as one interpretation of viewing 2H and should be always met with scepticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Twirl==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Powerpasses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Charges==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Wipers / Helix==&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index finger. There are two main variants depending on which side it is hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing the end of the pen is a variant invented by Freeman and is regarded as a 2H equivalent to a wiper where the motion is derived from hand or wrist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing by the center is a variant invented by Freeman where he uses the fingers of the other hand to assist, causing the pen to spin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Shadows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sunflower Trick==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kaleidoscope==&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air Clap==&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kamehameha==&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Styles=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H1P==&lt;br /&gt;
===Unlinked 2H / Transfers===&lt;br /&gt;
This category encompasses everything that isn&#039;t linked 2h. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Manual Reposition====&lt;br /&gt;
The non-dominant hand is used to grab the pen in the middle of the trick before repositioning it to another section or slot in the dominant hand. Anything under this category are mostly spinless. This is the lowest depth of Unlinked 2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2H Assisted====&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks done that are assisted with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfers====&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks are started in one hand and the motion continues to the other hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Direct 2h Translations====&lt;br /&gt;
1H tricks where the fingers in the main variant is replaced by fingers of the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simultaneous Tricks====&lt;br /&gt;
2 tricks are done at the same time in both hands within one single motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Visual Effect====&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative utilization of the other hand where instead of directly using it for mechanics, they are used for adding visual effect of tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Linked 2H====&lt;br /&gt;
This category is also known as Fingerstuck, which requires both hands to be linked by the fingers in some form. Essentially, this allows both hands to operate as one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more fingers are linked together, movement becomes more limited which adds another level of restriction to 2H. However, it also opens up more positions to be utilized and it is up to the spinner to navigate through those positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further evolution of linked 2H is FC Fingerstuck where fingers of one hand is inserted in a X-cross of another hand. Fingers can also be linked using O-crosses, limiting even more movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Standup==&lt;br /&gt;
This style of spinning is filmed while standing, typically with at least the entire torso visible. There is an emphasis on engaging performance, use of space and larger motions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Videos in this category can be as long as 45 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XPXH==&lt;br /&gt;
====Sync and Async====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Multipen / Pen Linked====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. While Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing we may want to write down is a second or third pen. For that, we can extend the apostrophe idea to dot notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .’ = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 .’’ = Third Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 1 Pen in 12 and 1 Pen in 23 = 1.2; 2.&#039;3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semicolon is used only to separate both parts. In the case that each mod is doing a different trick it may not be necessary to notate both, but only what’s relevant to that trick.&lt;br /&gt;
Using apostrophes here can make notation hard to read, so another option would be to use a different symbol (preferably one resembling a dot) for the second pen, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 º = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 Thus, previous slot can be 1.2; 2º3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no well established xpxh notation, so this is a matter of personal preference. In the case of completely independent 2p2h (one mod in the left hand and another in the right with no exchanges) the easiest thing is not to use any apostrophes but rather to write each breakdown in separate lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 MIA 23-12 &amp;gt; PS-PU Fl inv shadow ~&amp;gt; Fl TA &amp;gt; PU-PD IA ~ inv sonic rev &lt;br /&gt;
 MIA rev 23-T1 &amp;gt; PS-PD sonic T1-T3&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To give information about the simultaneity of each trick, a table could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resources/Tutorials=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Ozone=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NEgqjdZDfkg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lviCKfeoUWI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|OhYeaH!=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ouxhn9jGEjU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TN6cRCK2kBg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyFWgW7Jk2o&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Snow=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kJqqM35EcUI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
Credit to RPD for the entire notation section and some of the tricks. Will properly rephrase soon&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4459</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4459"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T15:43:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is the technique of using both hands when spinning. The addition of another hand adds an entire level of complexity not possible with simply relying on 1 hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category is often abbreviated as 2H, 2H1P, 1P2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Disclaimer:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
As 2H as a whole is a largely unmapped territory in Pen Spinning, this page should only be seen as a very rough framework that is always subject to change as the hobby develops. The categorisation of concepts, theories and tricks proposed should only be regarded as one interpretation of viewing 2H and should be always met with scepticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Equivalent of 1H tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks that are performed with fingers from both hands. They are a direct translation and adaptation of existing 1H tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
*Charge&lt;br /&gt;
*Shadow&lt;br /&gt;
*Around&lt;br /&gt;
*Powerpass&lt;br /&gt;
*Wiper (Key3 Helix)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Separate Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks unique to 2H with no direct 1H equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twirl===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air Clap===&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Helix===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index finger. There are two main variants depending on which side it is hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing the end of the pen is a variant invented by Freeman and is regarded as a 2H equivalent to a wiper where the motion is derived from hand or wrist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing by the center is a variant invented by Freeman where he uses the fingers of the other hand to assist, causing the pen to spin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kaleidoscope===&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kamehameha===&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Styles=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H1P==&lt;br /&gt;
===Unlinked 2H / Transfers===&lt;br /&gt;
This category encompasses everything that isn&#039;t linked 2h. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Manual Reposition====&lt;br /&gt;
The non-dominant hand is used to grab the pen in the middle of the trick before repositioning it to another section or slot in the dominant hand. Anything under this category are mostly spinless. This is the lowest depth of Unlinked 2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2H Assisted====&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks done that are assisted with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfers====&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks are started in one hand and the motion continues to the other hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Direct 2h Translations====&lt;br /&gt;
1H tricks where the fingers in the main variant is replaced by fingers of the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simultaneous Tricks====&lt;br /&gt;
2 tricks are done at the same time in both hands within one single motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Visual Effect====&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative utilization of the other hand where instead of directly using it for mechanics, they are used for adding visual effect of tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Linked 2H====&lt;br /&gt;
This category is also known as Fingerstuck, which requires both hands to be linked by the fingers in some form. Essentially, this allows both hands to operate as one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more fingers are linked together, movement becomes more limited which adds another level of restriction to 2H. However, it also opens up more positions to be utilized and it is up to the spinner to navigate through those positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further evolution of linked 2H is FC Fingerstuck where fingers of one hand is inserted in a X-cross of another hand. Fingers can also be linked using O-crosses, limiting even more movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Standup==&lt;br /&gt;
This style of spinning is filmed while standing, typically with at least the entire torso visible. There is an emphasis on engaging performance, use of space and larger motions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Videos in this category can be as long as 45 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XPXH==&lt;br /&gt;
====Sync and Async====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Multipen / Pen Linked====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. While Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing we may want to write down is a second or third pen. For that, we can extend the apostrophe idea to dot notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .’ = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 .’’ = Third Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 1 Pen in 12 and 1 Pen in 23 = 1.2; 2.&#039;3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semicolon is used only to separate both parts. In the case that each mod is doing a different trick it may not be necessary to notate both, but only what’s relevant to that trick.&lt;br /&gt;
Using apostrophes here can make notation hard to read, so another option would be to use a different symbol (preferably one resembling a dot) for the second pen, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 º = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 Thus, previous slot can be 1.2; 2º3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no well established xpxh notation, so this is a matter of personal preference. In the case of completely independent 2p2h (one mod in the left hand and another in the right with no exchanges) the easiest thing is not to use any apostrophes but rather to write each breakdown in separate lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 MIA 23-12 &amp;gt; PS-PU Fl inv shadow ~&amp;gt; Fl TA &amp;gt; PU-PD IA ~ inv sonic rev &lt;br /&gt;
 MIA rev 23-T1 &amp;gt; PS-PD sonic T1-T3&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To give information about the simultaneity of each trick, a table could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resources/Tutorials=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Ozone=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NEgqjdZDfkg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lviCKfeoUWI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|OhYeaH!=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ouxhn9jGEjU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TN6cRCK2kBg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyFWgW7Jk2o&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Snow=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kJqqM35EcUI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
Credit to RPD for the entire notation section and some of the tricks. Will properly rephrase soon&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4458</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4458"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T15:19:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Visual Effect */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is the technique of using both hands when spinning. The addition of another hand adds an entire level of complexity not possible with simply relying on 1 hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category is often abbreviated as 2H, 2H1P, 1P2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Disclaimer:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
As 2H as a whole is a largely unmapped territory in Pen Spinning, this page should only be seen as a very rough framework that is always subject to change as the hobby develops. The categorisation of concepts, theories and tricks proposed should only be regarded as one interpretation of viewing 2H and should be always met with scepticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Equivalent of 1H tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks that are performed with fingers from both hands. They are a direct translation and adaptation of existing 1H tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
*Charge&lt;br /&gt;
*Shadow&lt;br /&gt;
*Around&lt;br /&gt;
*Powerpass&lt;br /&gt;
*Wiper (Key3 Helix)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Separate Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks unique to 2H with no direct 1H equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twirl===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air Clap===&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Helix===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index finger. There are two main variants depending on which side it is hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing the end of the pen is a variant invented by Freeman and is regarded as a 2H equivalent to a wiper where the motion is derived from hand or wrist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing by the center is a variant invented by Freeman where he uses the fingers of the other hand to assist, causing the pen to spin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kaleidoscope===&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kamehameha===&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Styles=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H1P==&lt;br /&gt;
===Unlinked 2H / Transfers===&lt;br /&gt;
This category encompasses everything that isn&#039;t linked 2h. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Manual Reposition====&lt;br /&gt;
The non-dominant hand is used to grab the pen in the middle of the trick before repositioning it to another section or slot in the dominant hand. Anything under this category are mostly spinless. This is the lowest depth of Unlinked 2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2H Assisted====&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks done that are assisted with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfers====&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks are started in one hand and the motion continues to the other hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Direct 2h Translations====&lt;br /&gt;
1H tricks where the fingers in the main variant is replaced by fingers of the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simultaneous Tricks====&lt;br /&gt;
2 tricks are done at the same time in both hands within one single motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Visual Effect====&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative utilization of the other hand where instead of directly using it for mechanics, they are used for adding visual effect of tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Linked 2H====&lt;br /&gt;
This category is also known as Fingerstuck, which requires both hands to be linked by the fingers in some form. Essentially, this allows both hands to operate as one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more fingers are linked together, movement becomes more limited which adds another level of restriction to 2H. However, it also opens up more positions to be utilized and it is up to the spinner to navigate through those positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further evolution of linked 2H is FC Fingerstuck where fingers of one hand is inserted in a X-cross of another hand. Fingers can also be linked using O-crosses, limiting even more movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XPXH==&lt;br /&gt;
====Sync and Async====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Multipen / Pen Linked====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. While Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing we may want to write down is a second or third pen. For that, we can extend the apostrophe idea to dot notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .’ = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 .’’ = Third Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 1 Pen in 12 and 1 Pen in 23 = 1.2; 2.&#039;3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semicolon is used only to separate both parts. In the case that each mod is doing a different trick it may not be necessary to notate both, but only what’s relevant to that trick.&lt;br /&gt;
Using apostrophes here can make notation hard to read, so another option would be to use a different symbol (preferably one resembling a dot) for the second pen, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 º = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 Thus, previous slot can be 1.2; 2º3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no well established xpxh notation, so this is a matter of personal preference. In the case of completely independent 2p2h (one mod in the left hand and another in the right with no exchanges) the easiest thing is not to use any apostrophes but rather to write each breakdown in separate lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 MIA 23-12 &amp;gt; PS-PU Fl inv shadow ~&amp;gt; Fl TA &amp;gt; PU-PD IA ~ inv sonic rev &lt;br /&gt;
 MIA rev 23-T1 &amp;gt; PS-PD sonic T1-T3&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To give information about the simultaneity of each trick, a table could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
Credit to RPD for the entire notation section and some of the tricks. Will properly rephrase soon&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4457</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4457"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T15:16:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is the technique of using both hands when spinning. The addition of another hand adds an entire level of complexity not possible with simply relying on 1 hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The category is often abbreviated as 2H, 2H1P, 1P2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Disclaimer:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
As 2H as a whole is a largely unmapped territory in Pen Spinning, this page should only be seen as a very rough framework that is always subject to change as the hobby develops. The categorisation of concepts, theories and tricks proposed should only be regarded as one interpretation of viewing 2H and should be always met with scepticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Equivalent of 1H tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks that are performed with fingers from both hands. They are a direct translation and adaptation of existing 1H tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
*Charge&lt;br /&gt;
*Shadow&lt;br /&gt;
*Around&lt;br /&gt;
*Powerpass&lt;br /&gt;
*Wiper (Key3 Helix)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Separate Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks unique to 2H with no direct 1H equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twirl===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air Clap===&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Helix===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index finger. There are two main variants depending on which side it is hold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing the end of the pen is a variant invented by Freeman and is regarded as a 2H equivalent to a wiper where the motion is derived from hand or wrist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grabbing by the center is a variant invented by Freeman where he uses the fingers of the other hand to assist, causing the pen to spin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kaleidoscope===&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kamehameha===&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Styles=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H1P==&lt;br /&gt;
===Unlinked 2H / Transfers===&lt;br /&gt;
This category encompasses everything that isn&#039;t linked 2h. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Manual Reposition====&lt;br /&gt;
The non-dominant hand is used to grab the pen in the middle of the trick before repositioning it to another section or slot in the dominant hand. Anything under this category are mostly spinless. This is the lowest depth of Unlinked 2H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2H Assisted====&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks done that are assisted with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Transfers====&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks are started in one hand and the motion continues to the other hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Direct 2h Translations====&lt;br /&gt;
1H tricks where the fingers in the main variant is replaced by fingers of the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simultaneous Tricks====&lt;br /&gt;
2 tricks are done at the same time in both hands within one single motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Visual Effect====&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative utilization of the other hand where instead of directly using it for mechanics, they are used for adding visual effect of tricks. Snow&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Linked 2H====&lt;br /&gt;
This category is also known as Fingerstuck, which requires both hands to be linked by the fingers in some form. Essentially, this allows both hands to operate as one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more fingers are linked together, movement becomes more limited which adds another level of restriction to 2H. However, it also opens up more positions to be utilized and it is up to the spinner to navigate through those positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further evolution of linked 2H is FC Fingerstuck where fingers of one hand is inserted in a X-cross of another hand. Fingers can also be linked using O-crosses, limiting even more movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XPXH==&lt;br /&gt;
====Sync and Async====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Multipen / Pen Linked====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. While Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing we may want to write down is a second or third pen. For that, we can extend the apostrophe idea to dot notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .’ = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 .’’ = Third Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 1 Pen in 12 and 1 Pen in 23 = 1.2; 2.&#039;3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semicolon is used only to separate both parts. In the case that each mod is doing a different trick it may not be necessary to notate both, but only what’s relevant to that trick.&lt;br /&gt;
Using apostrophes here can make notation hard to read, so another option would be to use a different symbol (preferably one resembling a dot) for the second pen, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 º = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 Thus, previous slot can be 1.2; 2º3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no well established xpxh notation, so this is a matter of personal preference. In the case of completely independent 2p2h (one mod in the left hand and another in the right with no exchanges) the easiest thing is not to use any apostrophes but rather to write each breakdown in separate lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 MIA 23-12 &amp;gt; PS-PU Fl inv shadow ~&amp;gt; Fl TA &amp;gt; PU-PD IA ~ inv sonic rev &lt;br /&gt;
 MIA rev 23-T1 &amp;gt; PS-PD sonic T1-T3&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To give information about the simultaneity of each trick, a table could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
Credit to RPD for the entire notation section and some of the tricks. Will properly rephrase soon&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4456</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4456"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T07:57:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is, as the name suggests, the technique of using both hands when spinning. Slow to develop, with early advances by Eriror, Minwoo and Snow, 2 Hands remains a surprising wildcard technique in competition despite a long history of losing to one handed Tech spinners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Equivalent of 1H tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks that are performed with fingers from both hands. They are a direct translation and adaptation of existing 1H tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
*Charge&lt;br /&gt;
*Shadow&lt;br /&gt;
*Around&lt;br /&gt;
*Powerpass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Separate Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks unique to 2H with no direct 1H equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twirl===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air Clap===&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Helix===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index fingers by its center. Assisted by the other fingers of the hand, it spins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kaleidoscope===&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kamehameha===&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Styles=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H1P==&lt;br /&gt;
====Unlinked 2H / Transfers====&lt;br /&gt;
====Linked 2H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XPXH==&lt;br /&gt;
====Sync and Async====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Multipen / Pen Linked====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. While Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing we may want to write down is a second or third pen. For that, we can extend the apostrophe idea to dot notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .’ = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 .’’ = Third Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 1 Pen in 12 and 1 Pen in 23 = 1.2; 2.&#039;3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semicolon is used only to separate both parts. In the case that each mod is doing a different trick it may not be necessary to notate both, but only what’s relevant to that trick.&lt;br /&gt;
Using apostrophes here can make notation hard to read, so another option would be to use a different symbol (preferably one resembling a dot) for the second pen, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 º = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 Thus, previous slot can be 1.2; 2º3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no well established xpxh notation, so this is a matter of personal preference. In the case of completely independent 2p2h (one mod in the left hand and another in the right with no exchanges) the easiest thing is not to use any apostrophes but rather to write each breakdown in separate lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 MIA 23-12 &amp;gt; PS-PU Fl inv shadow ~&amp;gt; Fl TA &amp;gt; PU-PD IA ~ inv sonic rev &lt;br /&gt;
 MIA rev 23-T1 &amp;gt; PS-PD sonic T1-T3&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To give information about the simultaneity of each trick, a table could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Reference=&lt;br /&gt;
Credit to RPD for the entire notation section and some of the tricks. Will properly rephrase soon&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4455</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4455"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T07:44:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Notation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is, as the name suggests, the technique of using both hands when spinning. Slow to develop, with early advances by Eriror, Minwoo and Snow, 2 Hands remains a surprising wildcard technique in competition despite a long history of losing to one handed Tech spinners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Equivalent of 1H tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks that are performed with fingers from both hands. They are a direct translation and adaptation of existing 1H tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
*Charge&lt;br /&gt;
*Shadow&lt;br /&gt;
*Around&lt;br /&gt;
*Powerpass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Separate Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks unique to 2H with no direct 1H equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twirl===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air Clap===&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Helix===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index fingers by its center. Assisted by the other fingers of the hand, it spins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kaleidoscope===&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kamehameha===&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Styles=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H1P==&lt;br /&gt;
====Unlinked 2H / Transfers====&lt;br /&gt;
====Linked 2H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XPXH==&lt;br /&gt;
====Sync and Async====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Multipen / Pen Linked====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. While Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing we may want to write down is a second or third pen. For that, we can extend the apostrophe idea to dot notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .’ = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 .’’ = Third Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 1 Pen in 12 and 1 Pen in 23 = 1.2; 2.&#039;3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semicolon is used only to separate both parts. In the case that each mod is doing a different trick it may not be necessary to notate both, but only what’s relevant to that trick.&lt;br /&gt;
Using apostrophes here can make notation hard to read, so another option would be to use a different symbol (preferably one resembling a dot) for the second pen, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 º = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 Thus, previous slot can be 1.2; 2º3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no well established xpxh notation, so this is a matter of personal preference. In the case of completely independent 2p2h (one mod in the left hand and another in the right with no exchanges) the easiest thing is not to use any apostrophes but rather to write each breakdown in separate lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 MIA 23-12 &amp;gt; PS-PU Fl inv shadow ~&amp;gt; Fl TA &amp;gt; PU-PD IA ~ inv sonic rev &lt;br /&gt;
 MIA rev 23-T1 &amp;gt; PS-PD sonic T1-T3&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To give information about the simultaneity of each trick, a table could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4454</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4454"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T07:43:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Twirl= */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is, as the name suggests, the technique of using both hands when spinning. Slow to develop, with early advances by Eriror, Minwoo and Snow, 2 Hands remains a surprising wildcard technique in competition despite a long history of losing to one handed Tech spinners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Equivalent of 1H tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks that are performed with fingers from both hands. They are a direct translation and adaptation of existing 1H tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
*Charge&lt;br /&gt;
*Shadow&lt;br /&gt;
*Around&lt;br /&gt;
*Powerpass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Separate Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks unique to 2H with no direct 1H equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twirl===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air Clap===&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Helix===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index fingers by its center. Assisted by the other fingers of the hand, it spins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kaleidoscope===&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kamehameha===&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Styles=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H1P==&lt;br /&gt;
====Unlinked 2H / Transfers====&lt;br /&gt;
====Linked 2H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XPXH==&lt;br /&gt;
====Sync and Async====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Multipen / Pen Linked====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. Since Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing we may want to write down is a second or third pen. For that, we can extend the apostrophe idea to dot notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .’ = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 .’’ = Third Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 1 Pen in 12 and 1 Pen in 23 = 1.2; 2.&#039;3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semicolon is used only to separate both parts. In the case that each mod is doing a different trick it may not be necessary to notate both, but only what’s relevant to that trick.&lt;br /&gt;
Using apostrophes here can make notation hard to read, so another option would be to use a different symbol (preferably one resembling a dot) for the second pen, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 º = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 Thus, previous slot can be 1.2; 2º3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no well established xpxh notation, so this is a matter of personal preference. In the case of completely independent 2p2h (one mod in the left hand and another in the right with no exchanges) the easiest thing is not to use any apostrophes but rather to write each breakdown in separate lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 MIA 23-12 &amp;gt; PS-PU Fl inv shadow ~&amp;gt; Fl TA &amp;gt; PU-PD IA ~ inv sonic rev &lt;br /&gt;
 MIA rev 23-T1 &amp;gt; PS-PD sonic T1-T3&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To give information about the simultaneity of each trick, a table could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4453</id>
		<title>User:Salt/Draft:2H</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;diff=4453"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T07:42:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: Created page with &amp;quot;2 Hands is, as the name suggests, the technique of using both hands when spinning. Slow to develop, with early advances by Eriror, Minwoo and Snow, 2 Hands remains a surprising wildcard technique in competition despite a long history of losing to one handed Tech spinners.  =History= The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques wer...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;2 Hands is, as the name suggests, the technique of using both hands when spinning. Slow to develop, with early advances by Eriror, Minwoo and Snow, 2 Hands remains a surprising wildcard technique in competition despite a long history of losing to one handed Tech spinners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of two-handed (2H) pen spinning emerged naturally in the early 2000s, as the idea of using one’s non-dominant hand is an intuitive progression. Initially, most 2H techniques were limited to using tricks to transfer the pen to the other hand before spinning, or using the non-dominant hand to catch or reposition the pen mid-combo.&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to distinguish that 2H also includes 2H2P, where each hand spins a separate pen simultaneously. Early 2H2P linkages were synchronized, with each hand performing identical tricks. In 2008, S777 introduced desynchronization, demonstrating the potential for executing two distinct trick sequences at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the earliest 2H specific tricks is the Twirl, which consists of a movement where the pen goes around one finger of each hand in a continuous way. Despite it being discovered early on, it still remains as one of the foundational tricks in 2H as a whole, being used in a majority of combos. The simple nature of the Twirl trick opens up a ton of variations and linkage possibilities, acting as the two handed equivalent to a Pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outside of simple transfers and grabs, spinners also began exploring 2H equivalent of normal tricks. Freeman showcased a 2H Charge, Shadow and Indexaround in his Trick Concept Compilation and 2H Triangle Pass and Thumbindexspin in his 1p2H trick spin direction. Other spinners such as Key3 discovered 2H wipers (named Helix) early on but the date of discovery is unknown since he deleted all of his videos. &lt;br /&gt;
Other 2H concepts were also explored around this era. Freeman showcased the clasped hands concepts in a concept video before integrating them into a combo for the Andromeda Project collaboration video. This concept showed another way to perform twirls. Another concept was Simultaneous Tricks where Freeman showed how 2 tricks can be done together in a single motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other than that, one of the earliest instances of Fingerstuck was by Spinforlife’s combo for UPSB 4th, which highlighted how the hands can be linked together. Other spinners also started wrapping fingers of both hands together to link their fingers such as the previously mentioned Freeman’s Clasped Hand Concept in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At some point, tournaments started facilitating the exploration of 2H which prompted spinners to adopt such style within their combos from time to time. WC10 was the first tournament that introduced themes in competitive spinning, including two handed spinning in the Artistic category. However, the category was removed for being too niche. This didn’t stop spinners from using 2H as a way to gain competitive advantage within Pen Spinning World Tournaments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next leap of development can be seen in 2011-2013 where Baimai expanded upon the fingerstuck concept in his WT11 where he properly integrated them into combos. In WT13, Snow showcased the full potential of utilizing camera angles and secondary hand as a way to produce elegant visual effects, pioneering new 1P2H and 2P2H styles. Furthermore, TMRW also integrated 2H wipers in a very effective way never seen before. Ozone compiled different ways tricks can be used as transfers between hands. Kipple also integrated 2P2H as well, using the second pen as a link between the two hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People also began adopting the Clasped Hand concept where Fel2Fram used a Interlaced Twirl Fall in his FPSBT12 R2. Other spinners also integrated some version of the trick into their combos with increasingly better execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2017 onward, the style entered a phase of modern expansion as seen today. During WPSAL2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the category even more by creating a lot of tricks and linkages that uses both hands simultaneously reminiscent of Baimai. He showed the potential of using linked fingers to create cohesive 2H combos with distinct impression. As such, this has paved the way for more spinners to create entire combos where both hands work together throughout instead of treating both hands as separate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT17, Sirapob also added more onto the Fingerstuck concept, creating an FC variant where he sticks his fingers into the FC position of the other hand. While such a concept was revolutionary, no spinners followed up on it for years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As more and more spinners have gotten better in the category, 2H was formally introduced back in the competitive scene during PSO18, WC20, PSO20, PSO22, and WC22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In WT21, Saltient pushed the boundaries of the possibilities of linked 2H, using O-crosses to link both hands together as well adding Threads to create very unusual positions. He is also one of the first spinners who introduced the idea of integrating ideas of another manipulation artform in an indirect way, showing a new way of considering 2H combos. However, such way of thinking hasn’t gained traction after his run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the Standup category was also introduced in PSO20 and continued in PSO22, emphasizing 2H and 1H spinning as a stage performance. Spinners like Ponkotu, Kay and Padrace are most notable in this aspect of spinning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout history, multiple pens was also used, which gave rise to XPXH. While the category was explored as early as 2012 by Kipple, it was not until early 2020 was the XPXH seriously explored. The main pioneers for this category include i.suk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tricks=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H Equivalent of 1H tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks that are performed with fingers from both hands. They are a direct translation and adaptation of existing 1H tricks.&lt;br /&gt;
*Charge&lt;br /&gt;
*Shadow&lt;br /&gt;
*Around&lt;br /&gt;
*Powerpass&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Separate Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
These are tricks unique to 2H with no direct 1H equivalent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twirl====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twirl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Air Clap===&lt;br /&gt;
In an air clap, the pen is held between the palms of both hands. With a wrist motion, it’s thrown into the air where it does 0.5 revolutions to then be caught again with both hands. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Helix===&lt;br /&gt;
A 2H trick where the mod is held between the tips of both index fingers by its center. Assisted by the other fingers of the hand, it spins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kaleidoscope===&lt;br /&gt;
A Blaze Ring done with both hands, making an O shape both thumbs and index fingers. The name was coined by Menowa who did the trick in a video called “kaleidoscope”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Kamehameha===&lt;br /&gt;
A trick where it involves having the pen held in 13.2 in the dominant hand, with the non-dominant hand position next to it. The fingers of both hands are bent, then suddenly straightened, throwing the pen forward, after which it’s not caught.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was done in 2005 by Kelvinchan, for the 7th battle “Aerial tricks”. Both the name and movement are inspired by the anime “Dragon Ball”. In the original combo, it was preceded by a double charge, which is how it’s shown in many tutorials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Styles=&lt;br /&gt;
==2H1P==&lt;br /&gt;
====Unlinked 2H / Transfers====&lt;br /&gt;
====Linked 2H====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==XPXH==&lt;br /&gt;
====Sync and Async====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Multipen / Pen Linked====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
XPXH is a term used to refer to the use of multiple pens or hands. Since Multipen isn&#039;t covered extensively in this page, the notation for multiple pens will also be included in this section as it still falls into 2H. As there are many variables to take into account, XPXH notation is notoriously difficult to design neatly. Most of the ideas presented were developed in the FPSB laboratoire in mid-2009 by Lindor, but some others are from RPD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingerslots==&lt;br /&gt;
Locators in the non-dominant hand are written with an apostrophe to their right. This was called handedness modifier and was developed in 2009 by the NC:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 ‘ = Non-dominant hand locator&lt;br /&gt;
 Holding pen with both index fingers = 11’&lt;br /&gt;
 TA in non-dominant hand = TA T’1’ -T’1’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locator order is modified slightly, with non-dominant locators written after the dominant ones. Thus, 12, 1’2’, 1’2 and 12’ are all correct, but 2’2 is in the wrong order (it should be written as 22’). If we wanted to write a third hand, we could use two apostrophes: 1”2” and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 pass T1-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; I&#039;A 1&#039;2&#039;-1&#039;2&#039; &amp;gt; pass 1&#039;2&#039;-T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; &amp;gt; T&amp;quot;A T&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;-1&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing we may want to write down is a second or third pen. For that, we can extend the apostrophe idea to dot notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 .’ = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 .’’ = Third Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 1 Pen in 12 and 1 Pen in 23 = 1.2; 2.&#039;3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The semicolon is used only to separate both parts. In the case that each mod is doing a different trick it may not be necessary to notate both, but only what’s relevant to that trick.&lt;br /&gt;
Using apostrophes here can make notation hard to read, so another option would be to use a different symbol (preferably one resembling a dot) for the second pen, for example: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 º = Second Pen&lt;br /&gt;
 Thus, previous slot can be 1.2; 2º3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no well established xpxh notation, so this is a matter of personal preference. In the case of completely independent 2p2h (one mod in the left hand and another in the right with no exchanges) the easiest thing is not to use any apostrophes but rather to write each breakdown in separate lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 MIA 23-12 &amp;gt; PS-PU Fl inv shadow ~&amp;gt; Fl TA &amp;gt; PU-PD IA ~ inv sonic rev &lt;br /&gt;
 MIA rev 23-T1 &amp;gt; PS-PD sonic T1-T3&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To give information about the simultaneity of each trick, a table could also be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hand Orientation==&lt;br /&gt;
When spinning with two hands, the usual hand positions are not sufficient. For that, Lindor proposed various symbols to be written between two of PD, PU, PS and BS, one for the left and another for the right hand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 || = Parallel Hands pointing to the same direction&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;gt;&amp;lt; = Opposite Hands pointing in opposite directions&lt;br /&gt;
 !  = Perpendicular Left hand perpendicular to right hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings==&lt;br /&gt;
Following the usual points of view of the hand to determine the writing order in fingercrossings, no new notation needs to be made. Specifying the relative hand position can be useful, but not necessary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User_talk:Salt&amp;diff=4452</id>
		<title>User talk:Salt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User_talk:Salt&amp;diff=4452"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T07:27:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Aesthetic Spinner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently working on:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Salt/Draft:2H]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Fingercross]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Expanding the Trick Section&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User_talk:Salt&amp;diff=4451</id>
		<title>User talk:Salt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=User_talk:Salt&amp;diff=4451"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T07:25:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: Created page with &amp;quot;  *User:Salt/Draft:2H&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Salt/Draft:2H]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Fingercross&amp;diff=4450</id>
		<title>Fingercross</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Fingercross&amp;diff=4450"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T02:44:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:FC.png|thumb|200px|Saltient performs a Fingercross trick]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fingercross (FC) describes a position where 2 or more fingers are crossed or overlapping. While a subcategory of FC involving the thumb is often referred to as Thumbcross, the article will use the term “Fingercross” to serve as the umbrella term for all the variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In pen spinning, crossing one&#039;s fingers allows for more possibilities by creating new slots and positions to be used. Basic tricks done in these will result in unusual mechanical variations, interactions and visual effects. However, FC remains unpopular due to the flexibility requirement for its tricks, making the advanced variations unviable for a large portion of the community. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The early development of fingercross can be traced back to 2007-2008, when a small group of spinners began experimenting with the concept. The first documented fingercross was performed by Bajamba and later showcased by [[Freeman]], who also pioneered the first uncross trick—a backtap&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://youtu.be/iXBR5Dep37w?si=D68oS9YIlQMTey7Z Early Fingercross tricks uploaded on Freeman&#039;s alternate account]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. However, the style truly entered the mainstream thanks to [[Fratleym]], who popularized the thumbcross concept early 2008&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_YfUSpUGjlM Thumbcross showcased by Fratleym]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; before performing them in the [[Pen Spinning World Tournament 2009]]. Other early adopters include [[Fire@fox]] who also used the thumbcross concept in his combos&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UdbZwhpRuGM Thumbcross performed by Fire@Fox in his submission for EVE Festival 2nd ]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to its high flexibility requirements, fingercross development stagnated for several years afterward, remaining a niche technique used by only a handful of spinners to add complexity to their combos. Such examples include [[Fel2fram]]&#039;s [[Pen Spinning World Tournament 2013]], [[RPD]]&#039;s [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2014]], as well as various collaboration submissions made by Freeman. However, progress was limited to basic moves like Cross pushes, stalls, and fingerswitches. Other notable mechanics introduced during this period are Thumbcross passes. Furthermore, [[Fire@fox]] also showcased the potential of using fingercross as a way to showcase unique visual displays&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZP4l-rLqWpI Fire@Fox&#039;s Minovate 3rd Submission]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A major resurgence occurred at [[Pen Spinning World Tournament 2015]], where spinners Xound and [[Menowa*]] performed highly technical combos consisting entirely of fingercross tricks. This momentum was accelerated the following year by Zarne, who expanded the category&#039;s vocabulary with inventive moves like the FC Square Pass, FC Triangle Pass, and PD Thumbcross Charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zarne&#039;s innovations were then showcased on a world stage during [[Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017]] by [[Sirapob]], who not only mastered them but also introduced his own new tricks and the groundbreaking two-handed fingerstuck concept in his Round 6 performance. Other spinners also started adapting FC into their combos during this period, namely a large portion of [[PSH]] spinners. However, they mainly focused on execution over innovation which resulted in merely integrating ineffective fingercross or simple cross push and pass mechanics within their combos. [[I.suk]] also started using FC on his non-dominant hand, showcasing high level FC transfers within his tournament run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next significant leap in development occurred between 2020 and 2022, when [[Saltient]] revolutionized the category. He deeply explored existing subcategories like Uncross and O-cross and pioneered entirely new ones, such as Threading. Leveraging his exceptional flexibility, [[Saltient]] created fundamentally new mechanics and movements with the specific intention of generating distinct, organic visual effects. This focus on artistic impression, not just physical execution, not only pushed fingercross into uncharted territory but also demonstrated the potential of utilizing different visual effects for any combos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Main Variations=&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings forming an ‘X’==&lt;br /&gt;
One finger is above another. As these are the most common, the broad term &amp;quot;fingercross&amp;quot; usually refers to these types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notation: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The usual way to notate crossed fingers is with a square bracket after the fingerslots. The crossed fingers are written inside the bracket where the fingers above are written first followed by those below. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, crossing the index over the middle finger is written as [fc 21].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:X Fingercross Positions.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 3 subcategories under this type:-&lt;br /&gt;
===Crossing based mechanics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks or mechanics that has the fingers start from a neutral/uncrossed state and then followed by a motion that crosses those fingers. These are the mechanics discovered as of writing: -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cross push====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pen is pushed around the finger as the fingers overlap each other. This is one of the more basic mechanics which is mainly used in a good portion of FC tricks. Due to the simplicity of the mechanic, it is a lot more approachable to most people and widely used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mechanics are used in the following fingercross tricks listed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC Around=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TYe9F8Mnwsw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC Twisted Sonic=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/ABtc28loYOg?si=9lma9IhLLo4A-Fkx&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC Triangle Pass=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/C-KW1JnqfHk?si=9SmsbkMQLwCnF1wp&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC Square Pass=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/PaMZnPq-86I?si=jdrJsZRp6ZEb3doP&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbcross Pass=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/Pb6QehIlIFE?si=22xIwMkhG9QcWJqc&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC Backaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/26KLv7JKJ2c?si=xZPCf7o-lTycfq1Q&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cross Stalls/Holds====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pen is being stalled while or after the fingers overlapped each other. There are various ways to hold the pen as seen in the notation section previously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cross Charges====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pen is being held in the slot of a fingercross position and then followed by a conical charge while still maintaining that cross. This can be also be hybridised with uncross as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Normal FC Charge=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IZJPQHrw3AM&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC and Uncross Charge=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/HD5vklcz9nw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cross Aerials====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pen is launched into an aerial at the same time as the fingers are being crossed. This is usually done with a normal cross push but can also be done from other means as well such as releases.&lt;br /&gt;
Examples will be FC around aerials, FC square pass aerials, FC Fxxk/Palm-up shadow, etc&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
====Cross Seasick====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A seasick motion is performed in a crossed position. Can be applied with various holds and slots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cross tipped charge====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A tipped charge motion is performed in a crossed position. The motion can also be done while transitioning from an neutral/uncrossed position to a crossed one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cross fingerswitches====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fingerswitch performed in a crossed position. The motion can also be done while transitioning from a neutral/uncrossed position to a crossed one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cross wipers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A wiper done in a crossed position. There are a lot of interpretations that can be made with this mechanic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cross Rolls====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pen is first held in a neutral/uncrossed position, followed by a rolling motion that crosses the fingers involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Uncrossing based mechanics===&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks and mechanics that has the fingers start in a crossed state followed by a motion that uncrosses those fingers. This motion is inevitable if the linkage goes from crossed state to a neutral/uncrossed state . A person can choose to uncross the fingers normally or to fully capitalize on the motion by adding a mechanic on top of the uncross. These are the discovered mechanics as of writing: -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uncross push====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pen is pushed around the finger as the fingers uncross each other. The motion is a complete reverse of a normal cross push. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Base Uncross Push=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/JIUbHB28VmU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Uncross Triangle Pass=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/iZ7MTAt0JOg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Uncross Square Pass=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/yF9SINFg-sU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/5XeAzp_gw9E&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PU and PD Version respectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Uncross Basketballspin=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/UFxKM3_90Rs&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uncross pinch====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pen is first gripped in the palm sections of the 2 crossed fingers. The finger that is being wrapped around is then pushed inwards until the fingers fully uncrosses. In the case of FC 12, the wrapped finger refers to the index finger. This mechanic is similar to a pinching motion. The pinching motion is usually followed by a spin as a result of that push but the motion can also be adjusted in a way that makes the pen merely launch off the fingers without any spin.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC 21 Pinch=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/41XtS30IG70&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC 43 Pinch + Spin=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/g-fgVefa4pI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uncross aerials====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an uncross push, however the hand moves upwards slightly so the pen is launched into the air.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uncross flick====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to an uncross aerial, however the pen is held very tightly before releasing the pressure causing it to launch into the air. An example would be in a FC T1 position where the pen is held between thumb and index. The index pushes down the thumb, creating pressure before moving the thumb slightly outwards to release the pen, causing it to launch upwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uncross fingerswitches====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pen is held in a crossed position which is then followed by a fingerswitch while simultaneously uncrossing those fingers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uncross rolls====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pen is held in a crossed position which is then followed by a roll motion that uncrosses the fingers. Usually the motion is done at the center or the barrel of the pen but it is also possible for the motion to be done at the end of the pen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Uncross Wiper Roll=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/HfUdFT8IA9k&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uncross Taps====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A pen is held in a crossed position followed by a tap where the push is done by uncrossing the pen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Uncross Backtap=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/iXBR5Dep37w?si=CE5IfsgIOnOeTIa0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The third trick performed by Freeman in his &amp;quot;Crossing fingers in tricks&amp;quot; video&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ineffective/Passive Fingercross===&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks and mechanics that are done with already crossed fingers that aren’t uncross mechanics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most basic application of fingercross in this category include the fingers already being crossed but the tricks that&#039;s performed doesn&#039;t touch or utilize that cross directly. An example being FL TA Palmspin (FC 12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Around tricks that &#039;&#039;do&#039;&#039; use those crossed fingers but the motion wasn&#039;t caused by a fingercross motion itself can also be considered to be in this category. An example being a RingMiddle Around (FC 23) or a Hai Tua (FC 43).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since these tricks and mechanics doesn’t add much in terms of difficulty nor in depth, they usually serve as a way to show alternative/different visuals of the tricks instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fingercrossings forming an ‘O’==&lt;br /&gt;
One finger is outside another. O-fingercrosses have a peculiar shape to them, which can also be used to create displays and show off interesting structures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notation: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one finger is outside another, a new symbol (&amp;quot;outside off&amp;quot;) is used, and the locators for the back (b) and palm (p) sides of the finger also have to be specified to distinguish all types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, an O-type FC involving T and 1 in which the thumb is outside the index finger is [fc Tp&amp;gt;1b]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can also mix both X-fingercross and O-fingercross together to create more weird positions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:O-FC POSITIONS.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of writing, O-fingercrosses only has 3 main mechanics: -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mechanics involving a static O-fingercross position===&lt;br /&gt;
Tricks under this subcategory utilize the O-fingercross shape without making any changes to the O shape itself. Motions derived from a static O-fingercross are pretty straightforward and have the least amount of depth to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====O-fingercross charges====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pen is placed inside the circle, before moving the hand in a circular motion that causes the pen to rotate inside that circle. These can also be referred to as Blaze Ring &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://youtu.be/ifvcoIpt8pk?si=o2k1r-iHOusnUfs2 Blaze Ring Presentation by Freeman]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, popularized by Freeman, Neoknux_009, Ponkotu, and Lindor. A wiper version of the charge was also popularized recently by Fukrou in WC20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====O-fingercross stalls/holds====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stalls involve having the pen being placed inside or outside the circle. On the other hand, holds often require the gripping of the pen using the fingers that are forming the circle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====O-fingercross seasick====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A seasick motion is performed while the pen is inside the circle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====O-fingercross aerials====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pen is held inside the circle which is then followed by an aerial motion (usually done by jerking the hand up) that releases the pen outside of the circle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mechanics involving the movement of the O-fingercross===&lt;br /&gt;
====Collapse of the O-fingercross====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingers are first made into an O shape, followed by closing or collapsing the circle. Examples of tricks under this category are taps which utilizes the push resulting from the O-fingercross collapse to rotate the pen &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Collapse Tap=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/4fvTfUnqquI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Formation of the O-fingercross====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingers starts from a straight/neutral position before pushing inwards to make a circle. Examples of tricks under this category are a reverse version of taps mentioned in the Collapse tricks previously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Form Tap=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/cOl0IuDrYqc&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Partial Collapse/Formation of the O-fingercross====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Partial O-crosses.png|thumb|Positions depicting different partial positions of an O-cross]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingers can be closed halfway either near the base of the finger or near the tip of the finger which is made possible using the different joints in the fingers. However, such positions and mechanics utilizing them require the person to be double jointed. Similar to both formation and collapse variations, taps can be performed using the half-close push of the O-cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Merging O-fingercross====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingers start in a double O-fingercross position. The 2 circles are then merged or combined so that it becomes or atleast be close enough to 1 circle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC 2p&amp;gt;4p + 3p&amp;gt;Tp=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8A_-zjG0x2c&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Threads===&lt;br /&gt;
Threading is the application of the I-O concept with fingercross. The concept originated in another hobby called fingertutting&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://youtu.be/xabpZTJAVNo?si=LpbJE3yZwmeb4bmW Threads as performed in &amp;quot;Realm of Threads&amp;quot; by Ctut and Pnut]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. It was then adapted and popularised by [[Saltient]] where development of it began in 2018 and finally made public during his [[Pen Spinning World Tournament 2021]] and [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2022]] run. However, thread like motions itself were already done by [[Fire@fox]] in his flexibility collection&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HCN0xl5S-3w Flexibility Collection by Fire@Fox]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, though it wasn&#039;t named as such and was merely showed as a way to demonstrate his flexibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fingertutting, threading has 2 distinct versions performed by Ctut and Pnut. These were adapted to penspinning as O-cross threads and Uncross threads respectively. While 2 variations exists, the pen spinning community mostly tends to refer the former when discussing about threads. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thread Demo=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NRCKR0gBLC0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
0:00-0:39 O-Cross Threads (Ctut Ver)&lt;br /&gt;
0:40-1:06 Uncross Threads (Pnut Ver)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====O-Cross Threads====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the main variation that involves &amp;quot;threading&amp;quot; or making an I-O motion within an O-cross. This is easily done with the adjacent O-crosses such as FC 3p&amp;gt;1p, 1p&amp;gt;3p, 2p&amp;gt;4p, 1p&amp;gt;4p and 4p&amp;gt;1p where the finger or fingers between the O cross can be threaded in or out. In simpler terms, base variations of O-cross threads are side sonics with adjacent fingers being O-crossed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main component of an O-cross thread is an O-cross and the threaded finger (or I-O finger). Further modifications can be made within the parameters of these 2 components to create more variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the finger doesn&#039;t have to be between the fingers making the O-cross, &#039;&#039;&#039;non-adjacent variations&#039;&#039;&#039; are possible. For example, a ring finger can be threaded in and out of an FC 2p&amp;gt;1p. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Additional crossings&#039;&#039;&#039; can also be made where either the O-cross fingers or the threading fingers can be X-crossed. Moreover, the threading fingers can also be O-crossed which can result in variations where an O-cross is being threaded inside an O-cross.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the mechanics side, the element of threading within an O-cross opens up a lot more interesting interactions. The following are the discovered ones as of writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Thread Wipers=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main intepretations to thread wipers where the pen can either be held by the O-cross or the threaded fingers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|O-cross Held Thread Wipers=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n6JK5RTF8aI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Finger Held Thread Wipers=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I6Q_Ubgboeg&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mechanics can be further modified with multiple threading. This is where the more than 1 threading motion can be made within a single rotation such as either I-O-I or O-I-O.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Uncross Threads====&lt;br /&gt;
These are a variation of threads involving an &#039;&#039;&#039;Uncross motion and a Threading motion simultaneously&#039;&#039;&#039;. Due to the uncross mechanic, tricks under this category mainly use &#039;&#039;&#039;X-cross&#039;&#039;&#039; as its base. Additionally, uncross threads are mostly done using an Overcross (Extreme/deep fingercross) which allows easier threading motion to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normal variations are performed using 3 fingers. Similar to the O-cross threads, 2 fingers form the circle to be made while the other finger is used for the threading and uncross motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To best visualise, imagine an fcx 21 (See the Additional Modification section). In this case, the middle finger serves as the threaded finger. To complete the circle needed for the uncross thread, a third finger (usually the thumb) is used to be conjoined together with the index finger (the remaining x-cross finger). This allows for the middle finger to mimic a threading motion similar to an O-cross Thread.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2 Finger Uncross Thread variations&#039;&#039;&#039; are also possible since Uncross Threads aren&#039;t limited to 3 fingers only. The important part of an Uncross Thread are the 2 fingers forming the initial X-Cross. As such, the palm can be used as substitute for the third finger in order to form the circle needed for the threading motion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the base mechanics are similar to the O-cross threads where there&#039;s a circle and an I-O motion, the tricks that can be derived can differ. The following are the discovered mechanics as of writing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Finger Held Uncross Thread Wipers=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/cchgNi8E11M?si=beZdULBPHR9z-grL&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to its O-cross counterpart, wipers can also be done by using the fingers forming the &#039;circle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Tipped Uncross Thread=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/1iMS8XBP9p8&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Additional Modifications=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Degree of Crossings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Overcross.png|thumb|Different notation for different stages of X Overcrosses]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond simple modifiers to the X-cross and O-cross (normal, reverse, mirrored etc), it is worth noting that fingercross has their own degree of crossings where fingers can not only be fully crossed as elaborated in the previous section, but it can also be half crossed and over crossed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Half FC&#039;&#039;&#039; are the most common even outside of the fc subcategory. They are the fundamental components of [[Wiper]] tricks where a large portion are done by overlapping but not fully crossing the fingers. While it can be notated as HFC (Half FC), it is not considered as part of the fingercross category as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Overcross O-cross.png|thumb|Different notation used for a different stage of O-cross]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, &#039;&#039;&#039;Over cross&#039;&#039;&#039; describes a position where the fingers are crossed further than normal. This results in new position and mechanics that aren&#039;t possible by a normal full cross. These crossings are applicable to X-cross and O-cross where they both involve pushing the finger deeper within the cross. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To differentiate between full cross and overcross, additional notation can be used to describe the latter where letters can represent different segments of the finger.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fcz = Crossing happens at distal phalanx (tip segment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fcy = Crossing happens at middle phalanx&lt;br /&gt;
* Fcx = Crossing happens at proximal phalanx (close to base segment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An overcrossed X-cross is the main component for uncross threads as showed in the previous section. However, overcrossing an X-cross also allows more degree of movement by the crossed fingers by enabling the wrapped around finger (The middle finger in the case of FC 12) to bend. This opens up doors to a new unexplored subcategory called Knuckle Uncross. As no spinner has pushed the development of the FC category after [[Saltient]]&#039;s [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2022]] run, no mechanics have been discovered for Knuckle Uncross as of writing. The same can be said for overcrossed O-cross as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiple Crossings==&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in previous sections, multiple crosses can exist in a single position. Numerous variations of positions can be made so this section will not be covering all of them. This will only elaborate on the notation adjustments that can be made to account for the additional fingers in play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For X-crosses, the fingers can simply be notated as per normal where fingers above are written first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 fc 132 refers to 13 and 32 respectively&lt;br /&gt;
 (middle crosses over ring which crosses over index). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, we can use xyz to add more details if needed where it follows same order when notated normally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 fcyx 132&lt;br /&gt;
 first fc  = y(13)&lt;br /&gt;
 second fc = x(32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==X-Cross Holes==&lt;br /&gt;
While X-cross fingers are normally almost parallel, the crossed fingers can be further bent to allow a space or hole to be made between the slots below the normal cross slots. This serves as the foundation of the 2h Fingerstuck concept. 1H variations also exist with thumb typically being used to insert inside the X-cross hole. However, this application overlaps with the multiple crossings elaborated previously and thus will not be discussed extensively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of X-cross holes also suggests that there are 2 main ways of holding a pen in a fingercross position, either at the tips of the crossed fingers or at the base of the fingers where the hole is formed. A simple 1h application of the latter is a seasick in that slot or a fingerswitch (from the tips to the base/hole). Since such a slot is equivalent to the Fingerstuck position (the finger in this case is instead replaced by the pen), multipen variations and mechanics can also be explored and utilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applications of Fingercross in other areas=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==2 handed spinning==&lt;br /&gt;
As 2h allows for more fingers to be used, more interesting interactions can be made. There are multiple interpretations and approach when integrating fingercross together with 2h spinning. It is worth clarifying that while 2h Twirls are technically 2h version of FC, those tricks will not be covered under the FC category as they form the main component to 2H spinning as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most basic and straightforward version of 2h FC is simply performing fingercross tricks with the non-dominant hand or using transfers that utilizes those tricks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another approach is called the 2H Fingercross Fingerstuck, popularised by [[Sirapob]] in WT17 R6&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l0OqfLXRUaw Fingerstuck Performed by Sirapob in WT17 R6]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. This concept involves sticking 1 or more fingers inside the &#039;hole&#039; made by the cross. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If taken to another step further, 2 or more O-crosses can be joined together forming a &#039;link&#039;. This can also be combined with threads to add more complexity as shown in Saltient&#039;s WT21 R5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|FC transfers/Unlinked FC=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1fEPVKx-_ck&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fingerstuck/Linked FC=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9OezXMS8JsY&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|O-Cross Linked and Threads=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lOc4d3lezHU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Isolations==&lt;br /&gt;
Application of isolation with fingercross can also be interpreted in multiple ways.&lt;br /&gt;
One common application is using a fingercross trick together with hand motion to isolate one end of the pen. However, isolating the entire pen is also possible by either moving the entire wrist or by using Uncross Rolls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Roll Iso=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/HfUdFT8IA9k&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Palm Switch Iso=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/Hjd16OGIGOQ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4449</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4449"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T02:22:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Formal Notation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warped Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MITS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== East Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Double Charge ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 2^3 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4448</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4448"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T02:21:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warped Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MITS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== East Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Double Charge ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 23 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4447</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4447"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T02:20:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Korean Notation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warped Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MITS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== East Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Double Charge ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 23 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4446</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4446"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T02:20:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Japanese Notation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warped Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MITS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== East Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Double Charge ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 23 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
 ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4445</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4445"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T02:19:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Double Charge */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warped Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MITS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== East Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Double Charge ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 23 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4444</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4444"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T02:08:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warped Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MITS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== East Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Double Charge ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039;is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 23 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4443</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4443"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T02:07:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= History =&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 23-12 = charge 0.5 23 ~ pass rev + charge 1.0 23-13.2-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.5 rotations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Variations =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Warped Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Warped Sonic&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== MITS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MITS&#039;&#039;&#039; is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== East Sonic ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Double Charge ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039;is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
Since Twisted Sonic comprises of a charge and a pass, eight variations can be derived when thinking of all different possible combinations of those two tricks (8 = 23 since we have three modifiers: reverse, inverse and slot permutation). The first four are usually covered under the name twisted sonic. The last four are usually named warped sonic, although they can be notated with twisted sonic, making the name warped sonic unnecessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic = charge 23 ~ pass rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic = charge 23 ~ pass 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv tw sonic rev = charge rev 12 ~ pass rev 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic = charge 12 ~ pass 12-23 = tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 warped sonic rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass rev 23-12 = tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. = charge 12 ~ pass rev 12-23 = inv tw sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv warped s. rev = charge rev 23 ~ pass 23-12 = inv tw sonic rev 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are nuances within the pass in the notation itself. Tw sonic 23-12 has a pass rev but tw sonic 12-23 has a pass nor. This is because it is thought that classic (inverse) twisted sonic as the trick that happens on the palm side (back side) while pass normal (reverse) as the trick that happens clockwise (counterclockwise).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Japanese Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
ソニックひねり (sonic hineri)&lt;br /&gt;
ソニひね (sonihine) [abbr.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
윈드밀 (windmill)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4442</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4442"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T01:59:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Definition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
The twisted sonic is a hybrid between a charge and a pass rev. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 23-12 = charge 0.5 23 ~ pass rev + charge 1.0 23-13.2-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.5 rotations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Variations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Warped Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The warped sonic is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MITS ===&lt;br /&gt;
The mits is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== East Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Double Charge ===&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039;is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4441</id>
		<title>Twisted Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Twisted_Sonic&amp;diff=4441"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T01:59:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Twisted Sonic is a trick invented by [[Hideaki]] back in 1997. At its core, the trick is a pass reverse with conical motion and is considered a [[pass]]. This trick is frequently used in various beginner combos and is also noted as being a &amp;quot;filler trick&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
When Hideaki originally gave this trick a name back in 1997, he called the trick ソニックひねり, which literally translates to the word &amp;quot;twisted sonic&amp;quot;. Since the trick was created, this trick has been controversial; [[Kam]] mentioned in 2001 that the trick was &amp;quot;not really a sonic...it looks like the sonic and I can&#039;t find anywhere to put this technique&amp;quot;, while [[Tohlz]] mentioned in 2003 that this trick is &amp;quot;a nice trick which is not really sonic&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, various names have been proposed to substitute the name &amp;quot;Twisted Sonic&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;twisted pass&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conical pass&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
The twisted sonic is a hybrid between a charge and a pass rev. &lt;br /&gt;
* twisted sonic 23-12 = charge 0.5 23 ~ pass rev + charge 1.0 23-13.2-12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.5 rotations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Variations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some variations of the twisted sonic include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Inverse Twisted Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse twisted sonic is the direct inverse of the twisted sonic; where the path of a twisted sonic 23-12 is 23-13.2-12, the path of an inverse twisted sonic is 23-31.2-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Warped Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
The warped sonic is a moonwalk twisted sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MITS ===&lt;br /&gt;
The mits is a moonwalk inverse twisted sonic. This trick can also be denoted as an inverse warped sonic, among other names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== East Sonic ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Double Charge ===&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Double Charge&#039;&#039;&#039;is a minicombo involving twisted sonic:&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont (twisted sonic 23-12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23)&lt;br /&gt;
 double charge 23-12 = cont twisted sonic 23-12&amp;gt;23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first record that we have of the trick is in November&lt;br /&gt;
2002, when it was listed in Pentix, in its “Combos” section. Although it isn’t known for sure, it’s highly probable that it was named by Kam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another variation of this trick is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;Triple Charge&#039;&#039;&#039; which is a minicombo consisting of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12 &amp;gt; warped sonic 12-23&amp;gt;34)&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont twisted sonic 34-23&amp;gt;12&amp;gt;23&amp;gt;34&lt;br /&gt;
 triple charge = cont (twisted sonic rise &amp;gt; twisted sonic fall)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triple charge wasn’t present in Pentix nor Pentrix, unlike double charge. It isn’t known for certain who or when it was created. The earliest instance that remains today is a UCPSB thread from 2006&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/triple-charge-t152.htmlDiscussion thread on UCPSB on Triple Charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Charge&amp;diff=4440</id>
		<title>Charge</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Charge&amp;diff=4440"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T01:41:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The charge is a fundamental trick in which the pen spins while held between two fingers which flick back and forth. Unlike passes and arounds, the pen spins without significantly bending the fingers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When performed palm up, the normal spins clockwise and the reverse counterclockwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick had various names in the past such as &#039;fake sonic&#039; (by Hideaki Kondoh), &#039;gyrating twirl&#039; (by Patrick Szeto) and &#039;pen twirl&#039;. Kam&#039;s name of &#039;charge&#039; eventually became standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
A trick that has 1.5 rotations which combines a charge with a pass reverse. It is technically not a sonic despite the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped===&lt;br /&gt;
The tipped charge generates conical rotation only from the flicking on the fingers and therefore its rotational axis is parallel to the fingers. It cannot produce continuous rotations in a single direction as the structure of the bones would allow at most 1.0 rotations. Tipped charges are sometimes used to replace baseline charges in sonics and is especially common when using the thumb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===In-Out===&lt;br /&gt;
In-Out charges are performed in a thumb slot and involves the change of the side of the finger that is holding onto the pen during execution of a charge. ‘In’ refers to the palm side while ‘Out refers to the back side and the manner by which the pen holding position charges is reflected in the name (a variation that transitions from ‘Out’ to ‘In’ is an ‘Out-In’ charge). It is hypothetically possible to use a pair of fingers without the thumb but it is almost never done due to the extreme flexibility required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiped-out and curled===&lt;br /&gt;
A charge performed with fingers curled in that can only be performed by holding the pen at its end in the wiped-out position (the COG is on the side the backhand).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fishing===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Fishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Charge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Charge tutorial by [[Ktrinh93]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K6sEQECvcsY&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tipped Charge tutorial by [[Freeman]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9apDAoQI84o&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tipped Charge tutorial by [[Fel2Fram]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vkvMbVqiYW4&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Fake_Double&amp;diff=4439</id>
		<title>Fake Double</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Fake_Double&amp;diff=4439"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T01:39:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: Redirected page to Around#Fake Double&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Around#Fake_Double]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Extended_Thumbaround&amp;diff=4438</id>
		<title>Extended Thumbaround</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Extended_Thumbaround&amp;diff=4438"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T01:38:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: Redirected page to Around#Extended Thumbaround&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Around#Extended_Thumbaround]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4437</id>
		<title>Around</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4437"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T01:35:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Tutorials */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Arounds&#039;&#039;&#039; are tricks that involve turning the pen in a disc motion around fingers, body parts or other objects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are potentially the oldest pen spinning trick, and one of the most versatile and developed, ranging from the simple &#039;&#039;&#039;Thumbaround&#039;&#039;&#039; to the difficult &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;. Arounds are the most common tricks used as combo finishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The thumbaround is most likely the first trick to be discovered. The first names that we have records of are those from the special feature in Korokoro comic: big roll for TA and reverse roll for TA rev. Around 1997, Hideaki coined the term normal and adapted reverse from the Korokoro Comic name. Later,&lt;br /&gt;
after creating the names for the spin number modifiers (half, single, single&lt;br /&gt;
axel etc) he also used single as another name for the thumbaround. When&lt;br /&gt;
Kam made Pentix, he started calling the trick 360 Degree Normal/Reverse,&lt;br /&gt;
using normal and reverse like Hideaki. The name was then changed by either&lt;br /&gt;
Kam or nhk_9 in late 2003, but the topic where that was discussed has been&lt;br /&gt;
lost. In March 10th, 2004, in Pentrix, Kam listed the trick as thumbaround&lt;br /&gt;
normal/reverse, which is the only name used in English nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many Chinese names. The first one comes from the Taiwanese sula_la. The tricks in his website are all named after “The Eighteen&lt;br /&gt;
Palms”, which were popular at the time. In particular, 亢龍有悔 means the&lt;br /&gt;
proud dragon repents. 亢龍有悔 is the most well known sula_la name, especially by older spinners. In Chinese common vocabulary, the trick is referred&lt;br /&gt;
as 繞大拇指的 and in Taiwan and Mainland, 正轉 is another common name.&lt;br /&gt;
However, among experienced spinners, just calling it TA is common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it’s a debate that is no longer active, the difference&lt;br /&gt;
between an around and a spin was heavily discussed back at the beginning&lt;br /&gt;
of the century. The first name in English notation for one of these fingerarounds was indexspin, by Kam in 2000. It’s uncertain who started this change, but as early as in 2003 we can see the name indexaround for this very same trick in penstudioz, although indexspin was still cited as the main name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2004, the Naming Committee released an article called “Around vs Spin” in&lt;br /&gt;
which the difference between both trick names was established: around for&lt;br /&gt;
1.0 revolutions and spin for 1.5 and higher. However, the actual first name for one of these tricks comes from Japan, as the Korokoro comic (1990) had ガンマンロール (gunman roll) as the name for the IA rev 12-T12. Hideaki then simplified the name to ガンマン (gunman) and extended its meaning to all fingeraround reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tiltdiagram.jpg|thumb|300px|Diagram of standard tilt, as in arounds, and reverse tilt, as in backarounds.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Arounds are separated based on &#039;&#039;normal&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;reverse&#039;&#039; direction, plus their &#039;&#039;tilt&#039;&#039; of the disc the ends follow when the trick is performed. Standard tilt has the disc tilted towards the palm on the palmar side of the hand, and reverse tilt away from the palm on the palmar side. When arounds are performed palm down, their direction of rotation relative to the Earth is reversed, with clockwise becoming anti-clockwise and vice-versa.&lt;br /&gt;
===Standard tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumbaround====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the oldest tricks. The pen is pushed with a finger to turn 360 degrees around the thumb before being caught. Originally performed between slots T12-T1 and pushed with the middle finger. The reverse is typically pushed with the curled index finger in the catch position of the original thumbaround.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Extended Thumbaround=====&lt;br /&gt;
A very common hybrid of a thumbaround and a bust notated as such: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Thumbaround T2 ~ Bust 12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick transitions from a standard tilt to the reverse tilt and has a total of 1.5 rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first name was given by kam in 2001: extended 360 degree normal, with 360 degree normal being the name that he had given for a thumbaround at the time. After the name change to thumbaround, he also changed the name of this trick. In Japanese, the term tornado was being used to describe fake double &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QFRoJ2RoaPI Hideaki, Tornado. 2001]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, but then its meaning changed to describe this trick as well. Tornado is understood in English as cont ext TA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fake Double====&lt;br /&gt;
A fake double consists of doing a thumbaround and then an indexaround, while on palm side during the whole motion of the trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 fake double = (PS) TA ~&amp;gt; Fl IA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, Kam called the trick 720 degree normal in one of the first versions of Pentix. The origin of the name fake double is uncertain, but it is thought that it was given by Kam, as both fake double and fake triple appear in his recommended trick learning chart (2002), and fake triple is known to be his creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, Hideaki initially called this trick トルネード (tornado) but&lt;br /&gt;
nowadays, that means extended TA, both in English and Japanese. In 2001, Hideaki changed it to スプレッドダブル (spread double), which is the most common name nowadays,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the definitions of ext TA, fake double and thumbindexaround are clear nowadays, the debate was intense back in the day. The UPSB v2 thread for those tricks was infamously long and convoluted, although it has been lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fingerarounds====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 1.0 rotations around a finger as it&#039;s pushed by a finger closer to the pinky side. The fingers that the pen goes around are added as a prefix in the notation (e.g. indexaround 12-12, midringaround 34-23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, ガンマン (gunman) is used for fingeraround reverse. The&lt;br /&gt;
modifier シメトリカル (symmetrical) is usually equivalent to inverse, but in&lt;br /&gt;
this case it’s more similar to mirrored. A シメトリカルガンマン (symmetrical&lt;br /&gt;
gunman) would be, for example, MA 12-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Korea, originally the (finger)arounds were written as 역수직 일회전 (perpendicular reverse one revolution) but in the 2005 NX lectures, the term&lt;br /&gt;
154 Perpendicular arounds 휘감기 (winding) was created. This is used as a suffix together with finger prefixes, in a similar way as in English. We should notice that in Korean notation, the same term is used for both bust and indexaround, thus ignoring how angled the trajectory may be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Fingeraround 0.5=====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 0.5 rotations around a finger before it is stopped and caught by a finger closer to the thumb side. The notation may be confusing as the 0.5 suffix denotes the number of times the pen rotates around a finger while notation for something like midbak 1.5 denotes the number of topspin rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neosonic====&lt;br /&gt;
An around 0.5 reverse into a thumb slot or the thumb flap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name neosonic was coined by Kam as a reference to&lt;br /&gt;
beginners failing to understand the movement of sonic and doing this trick&lt;br /&gt;
instead. The original neosonic was a MA rev 23-Tf, which is the trick that&lt;br /&gt;
Kam had described in Pentix and that Szeto had explained in Iluvitar some&lt;br /&gt;
years prior, but since then, IA rev 12-Tf has become the de-facto neosonic&lt;br /&gt;
when no slots are specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Spread====&lt;br /&gt;
A spread is a palm up fingerless around that makes contact with the knuckles (i.e. backhand). Similar to how continuous fingerless busts are performed, spreads are performed with the pen hitting the knuckles in order to gain vertical height as opposed to fingerless arounds which only spin around them. It is due to the added verticality that some spinners incorrectly see spreads as aerials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term spread originates in Japanese notation. There&lt;br /&gt;
was some confusion regarding this trick name from various videos on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
Jamie Enns explained in the UPSB v3 how in Japan it’s used for two different&lt;br /&gt;
kinds of tricks, and that since English notation has enough names for palm&lt;br /&gt;
down fl arounds (bak, bust, fl around) we should only use it for the other&lt;br /&gt;
type. In Korean, 스프레드 (Spread) has the same meaning as in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fxxk====&lt;br /&gt;
The fxxk is a variation of the spread, usually done with the fingers more&lt;br /&gt;
or less straight and palm up, with the pen rolling on the back of the fingers&lt;br /&gt;
before being thrown to the air. The most common variation is middle fxxk.&lt;br /&gt;
It’s from that finger positioning that the name comes from.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Armaround====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Arm Around&#039;&#039;&#039;, sometimes referred to by the Thai name &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;, is an around trick where the pen makes 1.0 rotations around the forearm. The trick is almost exclusively used in conjunction with other FL tricks or as a finisher in certain technical spinning combos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The arm around was invented by Pyralux and was originally called the &#039;arm bak&#039;, but it would be [[Spinnerpeem]] who popularized the trick and gave it the popular name Pun Kan (translated from Thai as &#039;arm coil&#039;) after performing it five times continuously in his final round combo of the [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2010]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Powerpass====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Powerpass}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Antigravity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rex Trick====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a linkage comprising of a fingerless TA reverse followed by a small fingerless charge in the TF slot with a simultaneous palm side to palm down switch. Then, while palm down, the mod does a 0.5 spin and is caught in the same slot that the trick started. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is named after Rex, a member of TWPS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
====Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Shortened to simply &#039;bak&#039;, backarounds are like the standard arounds but the tilt is in the opposite direction for a given hand orientation. Palm down around reverses tilt away from the back of the hand, while backarounds tilt towards the back of the hand when the trick starts. Backarounds have the opposite direction to arounds, as historically the backaround was considered to be a separate, individual trick without a reverse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midbak 1.5s and pinkybak are very common finishers with the former being an iconic staple for aesthetic spinning, especially for styles that utilize the MX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The backaround originated from David Weis in 1999 as an attempt to perform continuous arounds without using the fingers to push the pen. The reason the normal of the backaround spins opposite of the standard tilt around is because he found it easier to perform arounds continuously in the &amp;quot;reverse direction&amp;quot; as stated by Weis himself, later on calling it the &#039;backaround&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20181001234754/https://web.archive.org/web/20090422094607/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?p=609#609 David Weis on creating the backaround]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Bust=====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Bust&#039;&#039;&#039; is a common name for a reverse Backaround. Continuous fingerless busts around the index finger are performed with the pen hitting the middle finger in order to gain enough vertical height to spin around the index finger. They are a very common finisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first instance of the word bust is in 2002, with the&lt;br /&gt;
creation by Kam of the trick sonic bust (see: Sonic bust). His objective with&lt;br /&gt;
that trick was to link two tricks that in principle have different directions of rotation: the sonic (CW) and the indexaround (CCW). This was the first&lt;br /&gt;
definition of bust: an indexaround attached to a trick which, in principle,&lt;br /&gt;
had a different direction of rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was used widely during UPSB v2 and in 2006, there were&lt;br /&gt;
three well known tricks with the bust modifier attached to them: sonic&lt;br /&gt;
bust, twisted sonic bust and demon sonic bust &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/bust-discussions-t3882.html#p1264748 Dongza on &amp;quot;Bust&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Years later, Thai powertrickers popularized its continuous usage. At that point, the initial definition was lost, and bust not only began to mean attaching a backaround reverse to any trick regardless of its direction of rotation, but it started to be used as a standalone trick as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese Notation, this trick is mostly notated with スプレッド (spread), although the name バスト (bust) can also be seen at times, especially among powertrickers and newer generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumb Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Once confusingly called &amp;quot;Thumb lever&amp;quot;, it follows the same rule as the backaround. The normal direction is reversed and it uses the opposite tilt for hand orientation. Originally performed palm up only. Rarely performed in &lt;br /&gt;
reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Raimo Backaround===&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Raimo Backaround&#039;&#039;&#039; is a hybrid between a backaround and a pass rev. The trick was characteristic of the Japanese spinner Raimo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bakfall====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;backaround fall&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;bakfall&#039;&#039;&#039;, consists of dong four backarounds, starting with the index finger and finishing with the pinky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 bakfall = bak 12-12 &amp;gt; midbak 12-23 &amp;gt; ringbak 23-34 &amp;gt; pinkybak 34-34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name bakfall is just an abbreviation of backaround fall. During the UPSB v2 era, Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discussed how a true backaround fall would be done, but ended up coming up with a neobak fall &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20060317075255/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?t=769 Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discuss how a true backaround fall would be done, end up with neobak fall]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. When and who came up with its current version is unknown, but in 2007 it was already an established trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the topic of the rise and fall modifiers, Sketching said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;If you’re not doing one of the standard Rise/Fall combos (Sonic, Backaround, Neobak), I would suggest just writing out the individual tricks that you do&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/rise-fall-t6683.html#p1539057 Skteching on &amp;quot;Rise and fall&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rk8AmDGVpXI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround Reverse=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CyZLvv5heHU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fingeraround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1lnE2fKbfXw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Backaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rUPsGpD-Y4Q&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aBwqApCz0O0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Multiple Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/0yL7hn011V8?si=PBpOymCMIKD4xh79&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Extended Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/_e0aH-0OIeA?si=2FXYM3Vz3DoCYAYR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fake Double=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYY01xeIhRE&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Spread=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/ntUGecjN5qU?si=5pBeQRC_k5PxyDxR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Powerpass=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/eCtWe3LCCEA?si=Sz8QgtItxH3jhz4j&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Lever=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/4Ta8g1gBBKk?si=RGHr-spErHEp1egA&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4436</id>
		<title>Around</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4436"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T01:32:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Tutorials */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Arounds&#039;&#039;&#039; are tricks that involve turning the pen in a disc motion around fingers, body parts or other objects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are potentially the oldest pen spinning trick, and one of the most versatile and developed, ranging from the simple &#039;&#039;&#039;Thumbaround&#039;&#039;&#039; to the difficult &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;. Arounds are the most common tricks used as combo finishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The thumbaround is most likely the first trick to be discovered. The first names that we have records of are those from the special feature in Korokoro comic: big roll for TA and reverse roll for TA rev. Around 1997, Hideaki coined the term normal and adapted reverse from the Korokoro Comic name. Later,&lt;br /&gt;
after creating the names for the spin number modifiers (half, single, single&lt;br /&gt;
axel etc) he also used single as another name for the thumbaround. When&lt;br /&gt;
Kam made Pentix, he started calling the trick 360 Degree Normal/Reverse,&lt;br /&gt;
using normal and reverse like Hideaki. The name was then changed by either&lt;br /&gt;
Kam or nhk_9 in late 2003, but the topic where that was discussed has been&lt;br /&gt;
lost. In March 10th, 2004, in Pentrix, Kam listed the trick as thumbaround&lt;br /&gt;
normal/reverse, which is the only name used in English nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many Chinese names. The first one comes from the Taiwanese sula_la. The tricks in his website are all named after “The Eighteen&lt;br /&gt;
Palms”, which were popular at the time. In particular, 亢龍有悔 means the&lt;br /&gt;
proud dragon repents. 亢龍有悔 is the most well known sula_la name, especially by older spinners. In Chinese common vocabulary, the trick is referred&lt;br /&gt;
as 繞大拇指的 and in Taiwan and Mainland, 正轉 is another common name.&lt;br /&gt;
However, among experienced spinners, just calling it TA is common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it’s a debate that is no longer active, the difference&lt;br /&gt;
between an around and a spin was heavily discussed back at the beginning&lt;br /&gt;
of the century. The first name in English notation for one of these fingerarounds was indexspin, by Kam in 2000. It’s uncertain who started this change, but as early as in 2003 we can see the name indexaround for this very same trick in penstudioz, although indexspin was still cited as the main name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2004, the Naming Committee released an article called “Around vs Spin” in&lt;br /&gt;
which the difference between both trick names was established: around for&lt;br /&gt;
1.0 revolutions and spin for 1.5 and higher. However, the actual first name for one of these tricks comes from Japan, as the Korokoro comic (1990) had ガンマンロール (gunman roll) as the name for the IA rev 12-T12. Hideaki then simplified the name to ガンマン (gunman) and extended its meaning to all fingeraround reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tiltdiagram.jpg|thumb|300px|Diagram of standard tilt, as in arounds, and reverse tilt, as in backarounds.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Arounds are separated based on &#039;&#039;normal&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;reverse&#039;&#039; direction, plus their &#039;&#039;tilt&#039;&#039; of the disc the ends follow when the trick is performed. Standard tilt has the disc tilted towards the palm on the palmar side of the hand, and reverse tilt away from the palm on the palmar side. When arounds are performed palm down, their direction of rotation relative to the Earth is reversed, with clockwise becoming anti-clockwise and vice-versa.&lt;br /&gt;
===Standard tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumbaround====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the oldest tricks. The pen is pushed with a finger to turn 360 degrees around the thumb before being caught. Originally performed between slots T12-T1 and pushed with the middle finger. The reverse is typically pushed with the curled index finger in the catch position of the original thumbaround.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Extended Thumbaround=====&lt;br /&gt;
A very common hybrid of a thumbaround and a bust notated as such: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Thumbaround T2 ~ Bust 12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick transitions from a standard tilt to the reverse tilt and has a total of 1.5 rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first name was given by kam in 2001: extended 360 degree normal, with 360 degree normal being the name that he had given for a thumbaround at the time. After the name change to thumbaround, he also changed the name of this trick. In Japanese, the term tornado was being used to describe fake double &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QFRoJ2RoaPI Hideaki, Tornado. 2001]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, but then its meaning changed to describe this trick as well. Tornado is understood in English as cont ext TA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fake Double====&lt;br /&gt;
A fake double consists of doing a thumbaround and then an indexaround, while on palm side during the whole motion of the trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 fake double = (PS) TA ~&amp;gt; Fl IA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, Kam called the trick 720 degree normal in one of the first versions of Pentix. The origin of the name fake double is uncertain, but it is thought that it was given by Kam, as both fake double and fake triple appear in his recommended trick learning chart (2002), and fake triple is known to be his creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, Hideaki initially called this trick トルネード (tornado) but&lt;br /&gt;
nowadays, that means extended TA, both in English and Japanese. In 2001, Hideaki changed it to スプレッドダブル (spread double), which is the most common name nowadays,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the definitions of ext TA, fake double and thumbindexaround are clear nowadays, the debate was intense back in the day. The UPSB v2 thread for those tricks was infamously long and convoluted, although it has been lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fingerarounds====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 1.0 rotations around a finger as it&#039;s pushed by a finger closer to the pinky side. The fingers that the pen goes around are added as a prefix in the notation (e.g. indexaround 12-12, midringaround 34-23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, ガンマン (gunman) is used for fingeraround reverse. The&lt;br /&gt;
modifier シメトリカル (symmetrical) is usually equivalent to inverse, but in&lt;br /&gt;
this case it’s more similar to mirrored. A シメトリカルガンマン (symmetrical&lt;br /&gt;
gunman) would be, for example, MA 12-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Korea, originally the (finger)arounds were written as 역수직 일회전 (perpendicular reverse one revolution) but in the 2005 NX lectures, the term&lt;br /&gt;
154 Perpendicular arounds 휘감기 (winding) was created. This is used as a suffix together with finger prefixes, in a similar way as in English. We should notice that in Korean notation, the same term is used for both bust and indexaround, thus ignoring how angled the trajectory may be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Fingeraround 0.5=====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 0.5 rotations around a finger before it is stopped and caught by a finger closer to the thumb side. The notation may be confusing as the 0.5 suffix denotes the number of times the pen rotates around a finger while notation for something like midbak 1.5 denotes the number of topspin rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neosonic====&lt;br /&gt;
An around 0.5 reverse into a thumb slot or the thumb flap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name neosonic was coined by Kam as a reference to&lt;br /&gt;
beginners failing to understand the movement of sonic and doing this trick&lt;br /&gt;
instead. The original neosonic was a MA rev 23-Tf, which is the trick that&lt;br /&gt;
Kam had described in Pentix and that Szeto had explained in Iluvitar some&lt;br /&gt;
years prior, but since then, IA rev 12-Tf has become the de-facto neosonic&lt;br /&gt;
when no slots are specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Spread====&lt;br /&gt;
A spread is a palm up fingerless around that makes contact with the knuckles (i.e. backhand). Similar to how continuous fingerless busts are performed, spreads are performed with the pen hitting the knuckles in order to gain vertical height as opposed to fingerless arounds which only spin around them. It is due to the added verticality that some spinners incorrectly see spreads as aerials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term spread originates in Japanese notation. There&lt;br /&gt;
was some confusion regarding this trick name from various videos on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
Jamie Enns explained in the UPSB v3 how in Japan it’s used for two different&lt;br /&gt;
kinds of tricks, and that since English notation has enough names for palm&lt;br /&gt;
down fl arounds (bak, bust, fl around) we should only use it for the other&lt;br /&gt;
type. In Korean, 스프레드 (Spread) has the same meaning as in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fxxk====&lt;br /&gt;
The fxxk is a variation of the spread, usually done with the fingers more&lt;br /&gt;
or less straight and palm up, with the pen rolling on the back of the fingers&lt;br /&gt;
before being thrown to the air. The most common variation is middle fxxk.&lt;br /&gt;
It’s from that finger positioning that the name comes from.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Armaround====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Arm Around&#039;&#039;&#039;, sometimes referred to by the Thai name &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;, is an around trick where the pen makes 1.0 rotations around the forearm. The trick is almost exclusively used in conjunction with other FL tricks or as a finisher in certain technical spinning combos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The arm around was invented by Pyralux and was originally called the &#039;arm bak&#039;, but it would be [[Spinnerpeem]] who popularized the trick and gave it the popular name Pun Kan (translated from Thai as &#039;arm coil&#039;) after performing it five times continuously in his final round combo of the [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2010]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Powerpass====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Powerpass}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Antigravity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rex Trick====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a linkage comprising of a fingerless TA reverse followed by a small fingerless charge in the TF slot with a simultaneous palm side to palm down switch. Then, while palm down, the mod does a 0.5 spin and is caught in the same slot that the trick started. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is named after Rex, a member of TWPS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
====Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Shortened to simply &#039;bak&#039;, backarounds are like the standard arounds but the tilt is in the opposite direction for a given hand orientation. Palm down around reverses tilt away from the back of the hand, while backarounds tilt towards the back of the hand when the trick starts. Backarounds have the opposite direction to arounds, as historically the backaround was considered to be a separate, individual trick without a reverse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midbak 1.5s and pinkybak are very common finishers with the former being an iconic staple for aesthetic spinning, especially for styles that utilize the MX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The backaround originated from David Weis in 1999 as an attempt to perform continuous arounds without using the fingers to push the pen. The reason the normal of the backaround spins opposite of the standard tilt around is because he found it easier to perform arounds continuously in the &amp;quot;reverse direction&amp;quot; as stated by Weis himself, later on calling it the &#039;backaround&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20181001234754/https://web.archive.org/web/20090422094607/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?p=609#609 David Weis on creating the backaround]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Bust=====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Bust&#039;&#039;&#039; is a common name for a reverse Backaround. Continuous fingerless busts around the index finger are performed with the pen hitting the middle finger in order to gain enough vertical height to spin around the index finger. They are a very common finisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first instance of the word bust is in 2002, with the&lt;br /&gt;
creation by Kam of the trick sonic bust (see: Sonic bust). His objective with&lt;br /&gt;
that trick was to link two tricks that in principle have different directions of rotation: the sonic (CW) and the indexaround (CCW). This was the first&lt;br /&gt;
definition of bust: an indexaround attached to a trick which, in principle,&lt;br /&gt;
had a different direction of rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was used widely during UPSB v2 and in 2006, there were&lt;br /&gt;
three well known tricks with the bust modifier attached to them: sonic&lt;br /&gt;
bust, twisted sonic bust and demon sonic bust &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/bust-discussions-t3882.html#p1264748 Dongza on &amp;quot;Bust&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Years later, Thai powertrickers popularized its continuous usage. At that point, the initial definition was lost, and bust not only began to mean attaching a backaround reverse to any trick regardless of its direction of rotation, but it started to be used as a standalone trick as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese Notation, this trick is mostly notated with スプレッド (spread), although the name バスト (bust) can also be seen at times, especially among powertrickers and newer generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumb Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Once confusingly called &amp;quot;Thumb lever&amp;quot;, it follows the same rule as the backaround. The normal direction is reversed and it uses the opposite tilt for hand orientation. Originally performed palm up only. Rarely performed in &lt;br /&gt;
reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Raimo Backaround===&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Raimo Backaround&#039;&#039;&#039; is a hybrid between a backaround and a pass rev. The trick was characteristic of the Japanese spinner Raimo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bakfall====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;backaround fall&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;bakfall&#039;&#039;&#039;, consists of dong four backarounds, starting with the index finger and finishing with the pinky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 bakfall = bak 12-12 &amp;gt; midbak 12-23 &amp;gt; ringbak 23-34 &amp;gt; pinkybak 34-34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name bakfall is just an abbreviation of backaround fall. During the UPSB v2 era, Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discussed how a true backaround fall would be done, but ended up coming up with a neobak fall &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20060317075255/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?t=769 Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discuss how a true backaround fall would be done, end up with neobak fall]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. When and who came up with its current version is unknown, but in 2007 it was already an established trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the topic of the rise and fall modifiers, Sketching said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;If you’re not doing one of the standard Rise/Fall combos (Sonic, Backaround, Neobak), I would suggest just writing out the individual tricks that you do&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/rise-fall-t6683.html#p1539057 Skteching on &amp;quot;Rise and fall&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rk8AmDGVpXI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround Reverse=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CyZLvv5heHU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fingeraround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1lnE2fKbfXw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Backaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rUPsGpD-Y4Q&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aBwqApCz0O0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Multiple Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/0yL7hn011V8?si=PBpOymCMIKD4xh79&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Extended Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/_e0aH-0OIeA?si=2FXYM3Vz3DoCYAYR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fake Double=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYY01xeIhRE&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Spread=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/ntUGecjN5qU?si=5pBeQRC_k5PxyDxR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Spread=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/ntUGecjN5qU?si=5pBeQRC_k5PxyDxR&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Lever=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://youtu.be/4Ta8g1gBBKk?si=RGHr-spErHEp1egA&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4435</id>
		<title>Around</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4435"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T01:22:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Arounds&#039;&#039;&#039; are tricks that involve turning the pen in a disc motion around fingers, body parts or other objects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are potentially the oldest pen spinning trick, and one of the most versatile and developed, ranging from the simple &#039;&#039;&#039;Thumbaround&#039;&#039;&#039; to the difficult &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;. Arounds are the most common tricks used as combo finishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The thumbaround is most likely the first trick to be discovered. The first names that we have records of are those from the special feature in Korokoro comic: big roll for TA and reverse roll for TA rev. Around 1997, Hideaki coined the term normal and adapted reverse from the Korokoro Comic name. Later,&lt;br /&gt;
after creating the names for the spin number modifiers (half, single, single&lt;br /&gt;
axel etc) he also used single as another name for the thumbaround. When&lt;br /&gt;
Kam made Pentix, he started calling the trick 360 Degree Normal/Reverse,&lt;br /&gt;
using normal and reverse like Hideaki. The name was then changed by either&lt;br /&gt;
Kam or nhk_9 in late 2003, but the topic where that was discussed has been&lt;br /&gt;
lost. In March 10th, 2004, in Pentrix, Kam listed the trick as thumbaround&lt;br /&gt;
normal/reverse, which is the only name used in English nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many Chinese names. The first one comes from the Taiwanese sula_la. The tricks in his website are all named after “The Eighteen&lt;br /&gt;
Palms”, which were popular at the time. In particular, 亢龍有悔 means the&lt;br /&gt;
proud dragon repents. 亢龍有悔 is the most well known sula_la name, especially by older spinners. In Chinese common vocabulary, the trick is referred&lt;br /&gt;
as 繞大拇指的 and in Taiwan and Mainland, 正轉 is another common name.&lt;br /&gt;
However, among experienced spinners, just calling it TA is common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it’s a debate that is no longer active, the difference&lt;br /&gt;
between an around and a spin was heavily discussed back at the beginning&lt;br /&gt;
of the century. The first name in English notation for one of these fingerarounds was indexspin, by Kam in 2000. It’s uncertain who started this change, but as early as in 2003 we can see the name indexaround for this very same trick in penstudioz, although indexspin was still cited as the main name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2004, the Naming Committee released an article called “Around vs Spin” in&lt;br /&gt;
which the difference between both trick names was established: around for&lt;br /&gt;
1.0 revolutions and spin for 1.5 and higher. However, the actual first name for one of these tricks comes from Japan, as the Korokoro comic (1990) had ガンマンロール (gunman roll) as the name for the IA rev 12-T12. Hideaki then simplified the name to ガンマン (gunman) and extended its meaning to all fingeraround reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tiltdiagram.jpg|thumb|300px|Diagram of standard tilt, as in arounds, and reverse tilt, as in backarounds.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Arounds are separated based on &#039;&#039;normal&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;reverse&#039;&#039; direction, plus their &#039;&#039;tilt&#039;&#039; of the disc the ends follow when the trick is performed. Standard tilt has the disc tilted towards the palm on the palmar side of the hand, and reverse tilt away from the palm on the palmar side. When arounds are performed palm down, their direction of rotation relative to the Earth is reversed, with clockwise becoming anti-clockwise and vice-versa.&lt;br /&gt;
===Standard tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumbaround====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the oldest tricks. The pen is pushed with a finger to turn 360 degrees around the thumb before being caught. Originally performed between slots T12-T1 and pushed with the middle finger. The reverse is typically pushed with the curled index finger in the catch position of the original thumbaround.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Extended Thumbaround=====&lt;br /&gt;
A very common hybrid of a thumbaround and a bust notated as such: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Thumbaround T2 ~ Bust 12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick transitions from a standard tilt to the reverse tilt and has a total of 1.5 rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first name was given by kam in 2001: extended 360 degree normal, with 360 degree normal being the name that he had given for a thumbaround at the time. After the name change to thumbaround, he also changed the name of this trick. In Japanese, the term tornado was being used to describe fake double &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QFRoJ2RoaPI Hideaki, Tornado. 2001]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, but then its meaning changed to describe this trick as well. Tornado is understood in English as cont ext TA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fake Double====&lt;br /&gt;
A fake double consists of doing a thumbaround and then an indexaround, while on palm side during the whole motion of the trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 fake double = (PS) TA ~&amp;gt; Fl IA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, Kam called the trick 720 degree normal in one of the first versions of Pentix. The origin of the name fake double is uncertain, but it is thought that it was given by Kam, as both fake double and fake triple appear in his recommended trick learning chart (2002), and fake triple is known to be his creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, Hideaki initially called this trick トルネード (tornado) but&lt;br /&gt;
nowadays, that means extended TA, both in English and Japanese. In 2001, Hideaki changed it to スプレッドダブル (spread double), which is the most common name nowadays,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the definitions of ext TA, fake double and thumbindexaround are clear nowadays, the debate was intense back in the day. The UPSB v2 thread for those tricks was infamously long and convoluted, although it has been lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fingerarounds====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 1.0 rotations around a finger as it&#039;s pushed by a finger closer to the pinky side. The fingers that the pen goes around are added as a prefix in the notation (e.g. indexaround 12-12, midringaround 34-23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japan, ガンマン (gunman) is used for fingeraround reverse. The&lt;br /&gt;
modifier シメトリカル (symmetrical) is usually equivalent to inverse, but in&lt;br /&gt;
this case it’s more similar to mirrored. A シメトリカルガンマン (symmetrical&lt;br /&gt;
gunman) would be, for example, MA 12-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Korea, originally the (finger)arounds were written as 역수직 일회전 (perpendicular reverse one revolution) but in the 2005 NX lectures, the term&lt;br /&gt;
154 Perpendicular arounds 휘감기 (winding) was created. This is used as a suffix together with finger prefixes, in a similar way as in English. We should notice that in Korean notation, the same term is used for both bust and indexaround, thus ignoring how angled the trajectory may be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Fingeraround 0.5=====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 0.5 rotations around a finger before it is stopped and caught by a finger closer to the thumb side. The notation may be confusing as the 0.5 suffix denotes the number of times the pen rotates around a finger while notation for something like midbak 1.5 denotes the number of topspin rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neosonic====&lt;br /&gt;
An around 0.5 reverse into a thumb slot or the thumb flap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name neosonic was coined by Kam as a reference to&lt;br /&gt;
beginners failing to understand the movement of sonic and doing this trick&lt;br /&gt;
instead. The original neosonic was a MA rev 23-Tf, which is the trick that&lt;br /&gt;
Kam had described in Pentix and that Szeto had explained in Iluvitar some&lt;br /&gt;
years prior, but since then, IA rev 12-Tf has become the de-facto neosonic&lt;br /&gt;
when no slots are specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Spread====&lt;br /&gt;
A spread is a palm up fingerless around that makes contact with the knuckles (i.e. backhand). Similar to how continuous fingerless busts are performed, spreads are performed with the pen hitting the knuckles in order to gain vertical height as opposed to fingerless arounds which only spin around them. It is due to the added verticality that some spinners incorrectly see spreads as aerials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term spread originates in Japanese notation. There&lt;br /&gt;
was some confusion regarding this trick name from various videos on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
Jamie Enns explained in the UPSB v3 how in Japan it’s used for two different&lt;br /&gt;
kinds of tricks, and that since English notation has enough names for palm&lt;br /&gt;
down fl arounds (bak, bust, fl around) we should only use it for the other&lt;br /&gt;
type. In Korean, 스프레드 (Spread) has the same meaning as in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fxxk====&lt;br /&gt;
The fxxk is a variation of the spread, usually done with the fingers more&lt;br /&gt;
or less straight and palm up, with the pen rolling on the back of the fingers&lt;br /&gt;
before being thrown to the air. The most common variation is middle fxxk.&lt;br /&gt;
It’s from that finger positioning that the name comes from.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Armaround====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Arm Around&#039;&#039;&#039;, sometimes referred to by the Thai name &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;, is an around trick where the pen makes 1.0 rotations around the forearm. The trick is almost exclusively used in conjunction with other FL tricks or as a finisher in certain technical spinning combos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The arm around was invented by Pyralux and was originally called the &#039;arm bak&#039;, but it would be [[Spinnerpeem]] who popularized the trick and gave it the popular name Pun Kan (translated from Thai as &#039;arm coil&#039;) after performing it five times continuously in his final round combo of the [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2010]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Powerpass====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Powerpass}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Antigravity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rex Trick====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a linkage comprising of a fingerless TA reverse followed by a small fingerless charge in the TF slot with a simultaneous palm side to palm down switch. Then, while palm down, the mod does a 0.5 spin and is caught in the same slot that the trick started. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is named after Rex, a member of TWPS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
====Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Shortened to simply &#039;bak&#039;, backarounds are like the standard arounds but the tilt is in the opposite direction for a given hand orientation. Palm down around reverses tilt away from the back of the hand, while backarounds tilt towards the back of the hand when the trick starts. Backarounds have the opposite direction to arounds, as historically the backaround was considered to be a separate, individual trick without a reverse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midbak 1.5s and pinkybak are very common finishers with the former being an iconic staple for aesthetic spinning, especially for styles that utilize the MX.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The backaround originated from David Weis in 1999 as an attempt to perform continuous arounds without using the fingers to push the pen. The reason the normal of the backaround spins opposite of the standard tilt around is because he found it easier to perform arounds continuously in the &amp;quot;reverse direction&amp;quot; as stated by Weis himself, later on calling it the &#039;backaround&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20181001234754/https://web.archive.org/web/20090422094607/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?p=609#609 David Weis on creating the backaround]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Bust=====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Bust&#039;&#039;&#039; is a common name for a reverse Backaround. Continuous fingerless busts around the index finger are performed with the pen hitting the middle finger in order to gain enough vertical height to spin around the index finger. They are a very common finisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first instance of the word bust is in 2002, with the&lt;br /&gt;
creation by Kam of the trick sonic bust (see: Sonic bust). His objective with&lt;br /&gt;
that trick was to link two tricks that in principle have different directions of rotation: the sonic (CW) and the indexaround (CCW). This was the first&lt;br /&gt;
definition of bust: an indexaround attached to a trick which, in principle,&lt;br /&gt;
had a different direction of rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was used widely during UPSB v2 and in 2006, there were&lt;br /&gt;
three well known tricks with the bust modifier attached to them: sonic&lt;br /&gt;
bust, twisted sonic bust and demon sonic bust &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/bust-discussions-t3882.html#p1264748 Dongza on &amp;quot;Bust&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Years later, Thai powertrickers popularized its continuous usage. At that point, the initial definition was lost, and bust not only began to mean attaching a backaround reverse to any trick regardless of its direction of rotation, but it started to be used as a standalone trick as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese Notation, this trick is mostly notated with スプレッド (spread), although the name バスト (bust) can also be seen at times, especially among powertrickers and newer generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumb Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Once confusingly called &amp;quot;Thumb lever&amp;quot;, it follows the same rule as the backaround. The normal direction is reversed and it uses the opposite tilt for hand orientation. Originally performed palm up only. Rarely performed in &lt;br /&gt;
reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Raimo Backaround===&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Raimo Backaround&#039;&#039;&#039; is a hybrid between a backaround and a pass rev. The trick was characteristic of the Japanese spinner Raimo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Bakfall====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;backaround fall&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;bakfall&#039;&#039;&#039;, consists of dong four backarounds, starting with the index finger and finishing with the pinky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 bakfall = bak 12-12 &amp;gt; midbak 12-23 &amp;gt; ringbak 23-34 &amp;gt; pinkybak 34-34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name bakfall is just an abbreviation of backaround fall. During the UPSB v2 era, Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discussed how a true backaround fall would be done, but ended up coming up with a neobak fall &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20060317075255/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?t=769 Kam, David Weis and nhk_9 discuss how a true backaround fall would be done, end up with neobak fall]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. When and who came up with its current version is unknown, but in 2007 it was already an established trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the topic of the rise and fall modifiers, Sketching said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;If you’re not doing one of the standard Rise/Fall combos (Sonic, Backaround, Neobak), I would suggest just writing out the individual tricks that you do&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/rise-fall-t6683.html#p1539057 Skteching on &amp;quot;Rise and fall&amp;quot;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rk8AmDGVpXI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Thumbaround Reverse=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CyZLvv5heHU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Fingeraround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1lnE2fKbfXw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Backaround=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rUPsGpD-Y4Q&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aBwqApCz0O0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Multiple Bust=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TUYpVo14lWo&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Swuck&amp;diff=4434</id>
		<title>Swuck</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Swuck&amp;diff=4434"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T00:45:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Swuck.jpg|200px|thumb|Fratleym performing a Swuck in the 23-3 slot]]&lt;br /&gt;
First performed by Fratleym, &#039;&#039;&#039;Swuck&#039;&#039;&#039; is a [[fingerswitch]] trick from a non-palm slot immediately to the palm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main variation involves having the pen goes from being held between two fingers to being held between those fingers and the palm, with a charge rev motion. Afterwards, there is a direction change and the mod changes fingers again, now going to Tf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=History=&lt;br /&gt;
The trick was popularized by [[Fratleym]], who did it twice in his combo for the first round of [[Pen Spinning World Tournament 2009]]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N_--zj-cTh4 Fratleym perfoming Swuck in WT09 Round 1]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Afterwards, a discussion thread was opened in the FPSB laboratory&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://thefpsb.penspinning.fr/viewtopic.php?f=135&amp;amp;t=9936 Fratleym discussing Swuck on FPSB]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. There, Fratleym named it swuck&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ObsYZiKHaN0 Presentation of Swuck by Fratleym]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, a word formed as a combination of switch + stuck (fingerswitch and fingerstuck). This was a bit controversial, as fingerstuck was used when two fingers remained together during an extended period of a combo and Lindor argued that there was no fingerstuck in a swuck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Notation=&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 swuck 23-P3 = (PS) charge rev 23 ~&amp;gt; (PD-PS) fingerswitch 23-P3&lt;br /&gt;
 swuck around 12-12 = swuck 12-P2 &amp;gt; IA P2-12&lt;br /&gt;
 palm swuck 23-34 = swuck 23-P3 &amp;gt; palmspin 0.25 P3-34&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P3 slot can be written as 33 depending on interpretation (whether pen is held between palm and ring finger, or between two phalanges of the ring finger)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Korean Notation==&lt;br /&gt;
 좀보 (Zombo)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Tutorial=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-|Swuck=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ObsYZiKHaN0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tabber&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=File:Swuck.jpg&amp;diff=4433</id>
		<title>File:Swuck.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=File:Swuck.jpg&amp;diff=4433"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T00:43:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Swuck by Fratleym. Copyright © Fratleym 2010&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ObsYZiKHaN0]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4432</id>
		<title>Around</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Around&amp;diff=4432"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T15:46:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Neosonic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Arounds&#039;&#039;&#039; are tricks that involve turning the pen in a disc motion around fingers, body parts or other objects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are potentially the oldest pen spinning trick, and one of the most versatile and developed, ranging from the simple &#039;&#039;&#039;Thumbaround&#039;&#039;&#039; to the difficult &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;. Arounds are the most common tricks used as combo finishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The arm around was invented by Pyralux and was originally called the &#039;arm bak&#039;, but it would be [[Spinnerpeem]] who popularized the trick and gave it the popular name Pun Kan (translated from Thai as &#039;arm coil&#039;) after performing it five times continuously in his final round combo of the [[Pen Spinning World Cup 2010]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The backaround originated from David Weis in 1999 as an attempt to perform continuous arounds without using the fingers to push the pen. The reason the normal of the backaround spins opposite of the standard tilt around is because he found it easier to perform arounds continuously in the &amp;quot;reverse direction&amp;quot; as stated by Weis himself, later on calling it the &#039;backaround&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20181001234754/https://web.archive.org/web/20090422094607/http://www.pentrix.com/upsb2/viewtopic.php?p=609#609 David Weis on creating the backaround]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:tiltdiagram.jpg|thumb|300px|Diagram of standard tilt, as in arounds, and reverse tilt, as in backarounds.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Arounds are separated based on &#039;&#039;normal&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;reverse&#039;&#039; direction, plus their &#039;&#039;tilt&#039;&#039; of the disc the ends follow when the trick is performed. Standard tilt has the disc tilted towards the palm on the palmar side of the hand, and reverse tilt away from the palm on the palmar side. When arounds are performed palm down, their direction of rotation relative to the Earth is reversed, with clockwise becoming anti-clockwise and vice-versa.&lt;br /&gt;
===Standard tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumbaround====&lt;br /&gt;
One of the oldest tricks. The pen is pushed with a finger to turn 360 degrees around the thumb before being caught. Originally performed between slots T12-T1 and pushed with the middle finger. The reverse is typically pushed with the curled index finger in the catch position of the original thumbaround.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Extended Thumbaround=====&lt;br /&gt;
A very common hybrid of a thumbaround and a bust notated as such: Thumbaround T2 ~ Bust 12. The trick transitions from a standard tilt to the reverse tilt and has a total of 1.5 rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
====Fingerarounds====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 1.0 rotations around a finger as it&#039;s pushed by a finger closer to the pinky side. The fingers that the pen goes around are added as a prefix in the notation (e.g. indexaround 12-12, midringaround 34-23).&lt;br /&gt;
=====Fingeraround 0.5=====&lt;br /&gt;
The pen turns 0.5 rotations around a finger before it is stopped and caught by a finger closer to the thumb side. The notation may be confusing as the 0.5 suffix denotes the number of times the pen rotates around a finger while notation for something like midbak 1.5 denotes the number of topspin rotations.&lt;br /&gt;
====Neosonic====&lt;br /&gt;
An around 0.5 reverse into a thumb slot or the thumb flap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name neosonic was coined by Kam as a reference to&lt;br /&gt;
beginners failing to understand the movement of sonic and doing this trick&lt;br /&gt;
instead. The original neosonic was a MA rev 23-Tf, which is the trick that&lt;br /&gt;
Kam had described in Pentix and that Szeto had explained in Iluvitar some&lt;br /&gt;
years prior, but since then, IA rev 12-Tf has become the de-facto neosonic&lt;br /&gt;
when no slots are specified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Spread====&lt;br /&gt;
A spread is a palm up fingerless around that makes contact with the knuckles (i.e. backhand). Similar to how continuous fingerless busts are performed, spreads are performed with the pen hitting the knuckles in order to gain vertical height as opposed to fingerless arounds which only spin around them. It is due to the added verticality that some spinners incorrectly see spreads as aerials.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term spread originates in Japanese notation. There&lt;br /&gt;
was some confusion regarding this trick name from various videos on youtube.&lt;br /&gt;
Jamie Enns explained in the UPSB v3 how in Japan it’s used for two different&lt;br /&gt;
kinds of tricks, and that since English notation has enough names for palm&lt;br /&gt;
down fl arounds (bak, bust, fl around) we should only use it for the other&lt;br /&gt;
type. In Korean, 스프레드 (Spread) has the same meaning as in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fxxk====&lt;br /&gt;
The fxxk is a variation of the spread, usually done with the fingers more&lt;br /&gt;
or less straight and palm up, with the pen rolling on the back of the fingers&lt;br /&gt;
before being thrown to the air. The most common variation is middle fxxk.&lt;br /&gt;
It’s from that finger positioning that the name comes from.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Armaround====&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Armaround&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Arm Around&#039;&#039;&#039;, sometimes referred to by the Thai name &#039;&#039;&#039;Pun Kan&#039;&#039;&#039;, is an around trick where the pen makes 1.0 rotations around the forearm. The trick is almost exclusively used in conjunction with other FL tricks or as a finisher in certain technical spinning combos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Powerpass====&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Powerpass}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Antigravity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rex Trick====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a linkage comprising of a fingerless TA reverse followed by a small fingerless charge in the TF slot with a simultaneous palm side to palm down switch. Then, while palm down, the mod does a 0.5 spin and is caught in the same slot that the trick started. It can be done continuously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is named after Rex, a member of TWPS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse tilt===&lt;br /&gt;
====Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Shortened to simply &#039;bak&#039;, backarounds are like the standard arounds but the tilt is in the opposite direction for a given hand orientation. Palm down around reverses tilt away from the back of the hand, while backarounds tilt towards the back of the hand when the trick starts. Backarounds have the opposite direction to arounds, as historically the backaround was considered to be a separate, individual trick without a reverse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midbak 1.5s and pinkybak are very common finishers with the former being an iconic staple for aesthetic spinning, especially for styles that utilize the MX.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Bust=====&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Bust&#039;&#039;&#039; is a common name for a reverse Backaround. Continuous fingerless busts around the index finger are performed with the pen hitting the middle finger in order to gain enough vertical height to spin around the index finger. They are a very common finisher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Thumb Backaround====&lt;br /&gt;
Once confusingly called &amp;quot;Thumb lever&amp;quot;, it follows the same rule as the backaround. The normal direction is reversed and it uses the opposite tilt for hand orientation. Originally performed palm up only. Rarely performed in reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thumbaround tutorial by [[Eso]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rk8AmDGVpXI&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Thumbaround reverse tutorial by [[Eso]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CyZLvv5heHU&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Around tutorial (Index, Middle, Ring) by [[Ktrinh93]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1lnE2fKbfXw&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Backaround tutorial by [[Ktrinh93]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rUPsGpD-Y4Q&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bust tutorial by [[Ktrinh93]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aBwqApCz0O0&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple bust tutorial by [[VicGotGame]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TUYpVo14lWo&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/file/d/1TlDb1H5bRnZZdswmdr07m-58yxs4Es7-/view?usp=sharing RPD Book]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4431</id>
		<title>Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4431"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T15:44:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Cthulhu Sonic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Sonic.png|200px|thumb|Kay performing a Sonic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics are a category of tricks in which the fingerslot transfer of a fingerswitch is fully accompanied by a conical charge. They often, but not always, end in a different slot than the one they started in. Sonics are among the most versatile and common tricks as they are compatible with almost any style and easily integrate with and hybridize with other trick families. They are also a rich source to use as a diversifying tool as they range from being simple to complex and extremely difficult, with more variations yet to be discovered especially in the field of xpxh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The baseline sonic is a [[Fundamental Tricks#Sonic|fundamental trick]] that consists of two [[Fingerswitch|fingerswitches]] between three separate slots, while performing one complete conical [[charge]] spin. During the second slot the fingers at the extremities solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The name ソニック (sonic) was given by Hideaki. Then, Kam added its translation to Pentix. The trick was also discovered independently by others, like sula_la (his name, 雙龍取水, means the twin dragons fetch water) and Szeto, who gave names to three slot combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Korean name, 계단 (stairs), originated independently from the rest. Names for sonic and its basic variations were used since the beginning of the board. But it wasn’t until the 2005 NX lecture when they were standarized into using the 역 (reverse) and 내 (inverse) modifiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inverse Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse sonic is mechanically the same, but doing it standalone usually includes a total of 2.0 rotations as opposed to only 1.0 rotations in non-inverse variations. This is due to spinners holding the pen in the same starting position for both tricks despite there being 0.5 rotations of difference in the starting positions if one were to perform them one-to-one. Thus, the initial 0.5 rotations are to achieve the starting position of the inverse sonic, 1.0 rotations are performed for the fundamental mechanic, and the final 0.5 rotations bring the ending position of the inverse sonic to that of the non-inverse variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demon&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The demon&#039;s sonic (or demon sonic) is a baseline sonic interrupted with a twisted sonic. It is not a specific sonic variation but rather denotes one specific linkage with the following notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sonic 34-24 ~ twisted sonic 24-12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers are almost never used (e.g. mirrored demon&#039;s sonic) as those links are often notated in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Angel&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Interrupting a twisted sonic with a baseline sonic yields the angel&#039;s sonic (or angel sonic), but this name is rarely referenced. It is notated as such:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 34-13 ~ sonic 13-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sonic Clip===&lt;br /&gt;
A term rarely used in practice which denotes charges performed in the intermediate slot while the pen is held by the extremities during a sonic. (e.g. performing charge 13 from a sonic 23-12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time that the name sonic clip is seen is in November 2003, in PenstudioZ. It doesn’t appear on the Pentix trick names table, so it originated some time between 2001 and 2003, but the creator is unknown. The Japanese term スリップトソニック (slipped sonic) may be younger, as it doesn’t appear in any of the trick lists from Crasher (2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is used in a minicombo called &#039;&#039;&#039;Rising Fans&#039;&#039;&#039; which was created by Tohlz. He explained it in his website, and he included it inside his signature move HyperSonic 2. The minicombo consists of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 charge 34 &amp;gt; sonic clip 34-23 &amp;gt; charge 23&amp;gt; sonic clip 23-12 &amp;gt; charge 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moonwalk Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A moonwalk sonic is a sonic with the usual direction of rotation, but&lt;br /&gt;
with the order of the slots inverted. That is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 moonwalk sonic = sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name comes from Japanese notation, although it’s unknown who named it. In English, the usage of moonwalk is discouraged whenever the fingerslots can be written. For this reason, the Naming Committee deprecated the trick name in 2008, although it’s still used nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Side Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The side additive is applied to a sonic variation when the center finger (or at least one of the those fingers) is inverted during execution. It is mostly relevant to baseline sonic and flush sonic variations. Its usage as a modifier outside of those tricks are somewhat disputed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic nor 23-12 = sonic 23-12 ~ inv sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic rev 12-23 = inv sonic 12-23 ~ sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic nor 23-12 = inv sonic 23-12 ~ sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic rev 12-23 = sonic 12-23 ~ inv sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the main mechanic of a side sonic lies in its in-out motion, variations can be made where such motion can be extended further (in-out-in) within a single rotation, which further increases its complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first spinner who recorded the trick was Flip. Shortly after, Fratleym also recorded it and gave it the name side sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics performed using tipped charges rather than full charges. They are most commonly performed using a thumb slot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick itself was first done by Korean spinners in PDS. It was first named in UCPSB in 2006, in a thread where a member name Leviathan was asking if it had any name in English. FallenSeraph proposed the name Korean sonic, although he was worried about it creating another annoying dichotomy like the one regarding Weis/Korean backaround. The user grsbmd said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;Technically, this spin type has no circular motion. It’s just tipping up,then tipping back down. And it also doesn’t need to use the thumb. If you use other fingers, though, it starts looking a lot like a sonic.&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/tipped-sonic-t2241-s30.html#p1028014 grsbmd, Tipped sonic &amp;amp; Tipped charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, he generalized the concept for when the thumb isn’t involved, and&lt;br /&gt;
proposed the name tipped sonic. He also gave other examples (such as&lt;br /&gt;
tipped charge) of how the new modifier could be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the tipped sonic, applying various modifiers to create even more variations and posted them onto Youtube&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKasXyknpV4 Tipped Sonic video by OhYeaH!]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In that same year, he also submitted a combo comprised entirely of these tipped sonic variations for Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4NDQHv0XRFs OhYeaH!&#039;s WT17 R1 featuring tipped sonics for the entire combo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swivel===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Swivel}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I-Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm up sonic starting in 23 that stops completely halfway through in 13. When performed starting in the wiper-out position and with the palm facing the camera, the pen is hidden behind the hand, hence, the &#039;i&#039; in the name which stands for &#039;invisible&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonkura made a popular variation of this trick in which, while the mod was hidden behind the hand, he spread out his fingers to enhance the illusion of the pen having disappeared. Then, coming back to the initial position, the pen reappears and the trick is finished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was called アイソニックを超えるアイソニック (iSonic beyond iSonic) jokingly by Bonkura, but the name was used even a year and a half after that. Since Bonkura attended Kyoto University, it was also called 京大式アイソニック (Kyoto University-style iSonic). Another name was 真パーフェクト·アイ (true perfect I), which later was simplified to the current most popular name, パーフェクトアイ (perfect I)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MISS===&lt;br /&gt;
Stands for Mirrored Inverse Side Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a correctly executed MISS, the wrist shouldn’t turn and the moving finger  should stay straight during the first part of the trick and then clearly move to the other side of the hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done and named by i.suk in mid-late 2018, who then popularized it as a staple of technical spinning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cthulhu Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inverse tw sonic 12-24 &amp;gt;~ MISS 24-23. When correctly executed, the wrist motion should be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was coined by [[Nine]] in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==False Sonics==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that have the sonic name but do not contain any portion of a sonic trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neo Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Around#Neosonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flush Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Flush sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===East Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
These variations differ from the baseline sonic as they require four fingers minimum and those on the extremities never solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devil&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm down twisted sonic followed by a shadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although [[nhk_9]] claimed that this was his own trick and&lt;br /&gt;
name, [[Penstudioz]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJzx8HiKB9o Devil &amp;amp; demon compilation by PenstudioZ]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Pen Spin Sector]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20050316093226/http://pensector.hollosite.com Lordbojo &amp;amp; Phya on Pen Spin Sector]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; attribute it to [[Kam]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick is also used in a &#039;&#039;&#039;Devil&#039;s Conversion&#039;&#039;&#039; where it consists of a devil sonic, and while the pen is spinning over 12, change from PD to PU while bending the fingers and continue doing a knuckle spin, without any additional impulse (just the inertia of the pen). A reverse version of this trick was shown by Le0n as &#039;&#039;&#039;Reconversion&#039;&#039;&#039;, however he only performed PU knuckle spin rev ~ PD shadow rev in that video without finishing the devil&#039;s sonic rev.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Co Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[charge]] trick done in 23, partially pushed by bending the index finger, once per rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done by some spinner from Sendai (Japan), who called it コミュ障ソニック (comunication disability sonic). It was just a meme name, only known by other spinners from the area. Malimo discovered independently the charge 23 countered by the thumb and then taught it to Mesi, who developed new variations and showed them in his 2018 solo &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnrz3v58hmc Mesi&#039;s 2018 Jul. - Dec. solo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Inspired by this, Siva made and compiled eight possible variations, which he then uploaded in 2019 under the censored name co...sonic&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qM_OF7gohEQ 8 types of co...sonic by Siva]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4430</id>
		<title>Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4430"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T15:43:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Sonic.png|200px|thumb|Kay performing a Sonic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics are a category of tricks in which the fingerslot transfer of a fingerswitch is fully accompanied by a conical charge. They often, but not always, end in a different slot than the one they started in. Sonics are among the most versatile and common tricks as they are compatible with almost any style and easily integrate with and hybridize with other trick families. They are also a rich source to use as a diversifying tool as they range from being simple to complex and extremely difficult, with more variations yet to be discovered especially in the field of xpxh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The baseline sonic is a [[Fundamental Tricks#Sonic|fundamental trick]] that consists of two [[Fingerswitch|fingerswitches]] between three separate slots, while performing one complete conical [[charge]] spin. During the second slot the fingers at the extremities solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The name ソニック (sonic) was given by Hideaki. Then, Kam added its translation to Pentix. The trick was also discovered independently by others, like sula_la (his name, 雙龍取水, means the twin dragons fetch water) and Szeto, who gave names to three slot combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Korean name, 계단 (stairs), originated independently from the rest. Names for sonic and its basic variations were used since the beginning of the board. But it wasn’t until the 2005 NX lecture when they were standarized into using the 역 (reverse) and 내 (inverse) modifiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inverse Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse sonic is mechanically the same, but doing it standalone usually includes a total of 2.0 rotations as opposed to only 1.0 rotations in non-inverse variations. This is due to spinners holding the pen in the same starting position for both tricks despite there being 0.5 rotations of difference in the starting positions if one were to perform them one-to-one. Thus, the initial 0.5 rotations are to achieve the starting position of the inverse sonic, 1.0 rotations are performed for the fundamental mechanic, and the final 0.5 rotations bring the ending position of the inverse sonic to that of the non-inverse variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demon&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The demon&#039;s sonic (or demon sonic) is a baseline sonic interrupted with a twisted sonic. It is not a specific sonic variation but rather denotes one specific linkage with the following notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sonic 34-24 ~ twisted sonic 24-12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers are almost never used (e.g. mirrored demon&#039;s sonic) as those links are often notated in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Angel&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Interrupting a twisted sonic with a baseline sonic yields the angel&#039;s sonic (or angel sonic), but this name is rarely referenced. It is notated as such:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 34-13 ~ sonic 13-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sonic Clip===&lt;br /&gt;
A term rarely used in practice which denotes charges performed in the intermediate slot while the pen is held by the extremities during a sonic. (e.g. performing charge 13 from a sonic 23-12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time that the name sonic clip is seen is in November 2003, in PenstudioZ. It doesn’t appear on the Pentix trick names table, so it originated some time between 2001 and 2003, but the creator is unknown. The Japanese term スリップトソニック (slipped sonic) may be younger, as it doesn’t appear in any of the trick lists from Crasher (2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is used in a minicombo called &#039;&#039;&#039;Rising Fans&#039;&#039;&#039; which was created by Tohlz. He explained it in his website, and he included it inside his signature move HyperSonic 2. The minicombo consists of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 charge 34 &amp;gt; sonic clip 34-23 &amp;gt; charge 23&amp;gt; sonic clip 23-12 &amp;gt; charge 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moonwalk Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A moonwalk sonic is a sonic with the usual direction of rotation, but&lt;br /&gt;
with the order of the slots inverted. That is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 moonwalk sonic = sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name comes from Japanese notation, although it’s unknown who named it. In English, the usage of moonwalk is discouraged whenever the fingerslots can be written. For this reason, the Naming Committee deprecated the trick name in 2008, although it’s still used nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Side Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The side additive is applied to a sonic variation when the center finger (or at least one of the those fingers) is inverted during execution. It is mostly relevant to baseline sonic and flush sonic variations. Its usage as a modifier outside of those tricks are somewhat disputed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic nor 23-12 = sonic 23-12 ~ inv sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic rev 12-23 = inv sonic 12-23 ~ sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic nor 23-12 = inv sonic 23-12 ~ sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic rev 12-23 = sonic 12-23 ~ inv sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the main mechanic of a side sonic lies in its in-out motion, variations can be made where such motion can be extended further (in-out-in) within a single rotation, which further increases its complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first spinner who recorded the trick was Flip. Shortly after, Fratleym also recorded it and gave it the name side sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics performed using tipped charges rather than full charges. They are most commonly performed using a thumb slot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick itself was first done by Korean spinners in PDS. It was first named in UCPSB in 2006, in a thread where a member name Leviathan was asking if it had any name in English. FallenSeraph proposed the name Korean sonic, although he was worried about it creating another annoying dichotomy like the one regarding Weis/Korean backaround. The user grsbmd said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;Technically, this spin type has no circular motion. It’s just tipping up,then tipping back down. And it also doesn’t need to use the thumb. If you use other fingers, though, it starts looking a lot like a sonic.&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/tipped-sonic-t2241-s30.html#p1028014 grsbmd, Tipped sonic &amp;amp; Tipped charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, he generalized the concept for when the thumb isn’t involved, and&lt;br /&gt;
proposed the name tipped sonic. He also gave other examples (such as&lt;br /&gt;
tipped charge) of how the new modifier could be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the tipped sonic, applying various modifiers to create even more variations and posted them onto Youtube&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKasXyknpV4 Tipped Sonic video by OhYeaH!]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In that same year, he also submitted a combo comprised entirely of these tipped sonic variations for Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4NDQHv0XRFs OhYeaH!&#039;s WT17 R1 featuring tipped sonics for the entire combo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swivel===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Swivel}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I-Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm up sonic starting in 23 that stops completely halfway through in 13. When performed starting in the wiper-out position and with the palm facing the camera, the pen is hidden behind the hand, hence, the &#039;i&#039; in the name which stands for &#039;invisible&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonkura made a popular variation of this trick in which, while the mod was hidden behind the hand, he spread out his fingers to enhance the illusion of the pen having disappeared. Then, coming back to the initial position, the pen reappears and the trick is finished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was called アイソニックを超えるアイソニック (iSonic beyond iSonic) jokingly by Bonkura, but the name was used even a year and a half after that. Since Bonkura attended Kyoto University, it was also called 京大式アイソニック (Kyoto University-style iSonic). Another name was 真パーフェクト·アイ (true perfect I), which later was simplified to the current most popular name, パーフェクトアイ (perfect I)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MISS===&lt;br /&gt;
Stands for Mirrored Inverse Side Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a correctly executed MISS, the wrist shouldn’t turn and the moving finger  should stay straight during the first part of the trick and then clearly move to the other side of the hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done and named by i.suk in mid-late 2018, who then popularized it as a staple of technical spinning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cthulhu Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inverse tw sonic 12-24 &amp;gt;~ MISS 24-23. When correctly executed, the wrist motion should be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was coined by [[[Nine]] in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==False Sonics==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that have the sonic name but do not contain any portion of a sonic trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neo Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Around#Neosonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flush Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Flush sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===East Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
These variations differ from the baseline sonic as they require four fingers minimum and those on the extremities never solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devil&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm down twisted sonic followed by a shadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although [[nhk_9]] claimed that this was his own trick and&lt;br /&gt;
name, [[Penstudioz]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJzx8HiKB9o Devil &amp;amp; demon compilation by PenstudioZ]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Pen Spin Sector]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20050316093226/http://pensector.hollosite.com Lordbojo &amp;amp; Phya on Pen Spin Sector]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; attribute it to [[Kam]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick is also used in a &#039;&#039;&#039;Devil&#039;s Conversion&#039;&#039;&#039; where it consists of a devil sonic, and while the pen is spinning over 12, change from PD to PU while bending the fingers and continue doing a knuckle spin, without any additional impulse (just the inertia of the pen). A reverse version of this trick was shown by Le0n as &#039;&#039;&#039;Reconversion&#039;&#039;&#039;, however he only performed PU knuckle spin rev ~ PD shadow rev in that video without finishing the devil&#039;s sonic rev.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Co Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[charge]] trick done in 23, partially pushed by bending the index finger, once per rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done by some spinner from Sendai (Japan), who called it コミュ障ソニック (comunication disability sonic). It was just a meme name, only known by other spinners from the area. Malimo discovered independently the charge 23 countered by the thumb and then taught it to Mesi, who developed new variations and showed them in his 2018 solo &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnrz3v58hmc Mesi&#039;s 2018 Jul. - Dec. solo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Inspired by this, Siva made and compiled eight possible variations, which he then uploaded in 2019 under the censored name co...sonic&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qM_OF7gohEQ 8 types of co...sonic by Siva]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=File:Sonic.png&amp;diff=4429</id>
		<title>File:Sonic.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=File:Sonic.png&amp;diff=4429"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T15:42:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Kay performing a Sonic Copyright © Kay 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=woJBgg3Fgkc&amp;amp;list=PLiLgpVQHius8WDEdtvU0W65z3J4GlYobt&amp;amp;index=1]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4428</id>
		<title>Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4428"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T14:45:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sonics are a category of tricks in which the fingerslot transfer of a fingerswitch is fully accompanied by a conical charge. They often, but not always, end in a different slot than the one they started in. Sonics are among the most versatile and common tricks as they are compatible with almost any style and easily integrate with and hybridize with other trick families. They are also a rich source to use as a diversifying tool as they range from being simple to complex and extremely difficult, with more variations yet to be discovered especially in the field of xpxh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The baseline sonic is a [[Fundamental Tricks#Sonic|fundamental trick]] that consists of two [[Fingerswitch|fingerswitches]] between three separate slots, while performing one complete conical [[charge]] spin. During the second slot the fingers at the extremities solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The name ソニック (sonic) was given by Hideaki. Then, Kam added its translation to Pentix. The trick was also discovered independently by others, like sula_la (his name, 雙龍取水, means the twin dragons fetch water) and Szeto, who gave names to three slot combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Korean name, 계단 (stairs), originated independently from the rest. Names for sonic and its basic variations were used since the beginning of the board. But it wasn’t until the 2005 NX lecture when they were standarized into using the 역 (reverse) and 내 (inverse) modifiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inverse Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse sonic is mechanically the same, but doing it standalone usually includes a total of 2.0 rotations as opposed to only 1.0 rotations in non-inverse variations. This is due to spinners holding the pen in the same starting position for both tricks despite there being 0.5 rotations of difference in the starting positions if one were to perform them one-to-one. Thus, the initial 0.5 rotations are to achieve the starting position of the inverse sonic, 1.0 rotations are performed for the fundamental mechanic, and the final 0.5 rotations bring the ending position of the inverse sonic to that of the non-inverse variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demon&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The demon&#039;s sonic (or demon sonic) is a baseline sonic interrupted with a twisted sonic. It is not a specific sonic variation but rather denotes one specific linkage with the following notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sonic 34-24 ~ twisted sonic 24-12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers are almost never used (e.g. mirrored demon&#039;s sonic) as those links are often notated in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Angel&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Interrupting a twisted sonic with a baseline sonic yields the angel&#039;s sonic (or angel sonic), but this name is rarely referenced. It is notated as such:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 34-13 ~ sonic 13-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sonic Clip===&lt;br /&gt;
A term rarely used in practice which denotes charges performed in the intermediate slot while the pen is held by the extremities during a sonic. (e.g. performing charge 13 from a sonic 23-12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time that the name sonic clip is seen is in November 2003, in PenstudioZ. It doesn’t appear on the Pentix trick names table, so it originated some time between 2001 and 2003, but the creator is unknown. The Japanese term スリップトソニック (slipped sonic) may be younger, as it doesn’t appear in any of the trick lists from Crasher (2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is used in a minicombo called &#039;&#039;&#039;Rising Fans&#039;&#039;&#039; which was created by Tohlz. He explained it in his website, and he included it inside his signature move HyperSonic 2. The minicombo consists of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 charge 34 &amp;gt; sonic clip 34-23 &amp;gt; charge 23&amp;gt; sonic clip 23-12 &amp;gt; charge 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moonwalk Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A moonwalk sonic is a sonic with the usual direction of rotation, but&lt;br /&gt;
with the order of the slots inverted. That is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 moonwalk sonic = sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name comes from Japanese notation, although it’s unknown who named it. In English, the usage of moonwalk is discouraged whenever the fingerslots can be written. For this reason, the Naming Committee deprecated the trick name in 2008, although it’s still used nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Side Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The side additive is applied to a sonic variation when the center finger (or at least one of the those fingers) is inverted during execution. It is mostly relevant to baseline sonic and flush sonic variations. Its usage as a modifier outside of those tricks are somewhat disputed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic nor 23-12 = sonic 23-12 ~ inv sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic rev 12-23 = inv sonic 12-23 ~ sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic nor 23-12 = inv sonic 23-12 ~ sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic rev 12-23 = sonic 12-23 ~ inv sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the main mechanic of a side sonic lies in its in-out motion, variations can be made where such motion can be extended further (in-out-in) within a single rotation, which further increases its complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first spinner who recorded the trick was Flip. Shortly after, Fratleym also recorded it and gave it the name side sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics performed using tipped charges rather than full charges. They are most commonly performed using a thumb slot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick itself was first done by Korean spinners in PDS. It was first named in UCPSB in 2006, in a thread where a member name Leviathan was asking if it had any name in English. FallenSeraph proposed the name Korean sonic, although he was worried about it creating another annoying dichotomy like the one regarding Weis/Korean backaround. The user grsbmd said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;Technically, this spin type has no circular motion. It’s just tipping up,then tipping back down. And it also doesn’t need to use the thumb. If you use other fingers, though, it starts looking a lot like a sonic.&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/tipped-sonic-t2241-s30.html#p1028014 grsbmd, Tipped sonic &amp;amp; Tipped charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, he generalized the concept for when the thumb isn’t involved, and&lt;br /&gt;
proposed the name tipped sonic. He also gave other examples (such as&lt;br /&gt;
tipped charge) of how the new modifier could be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the tipped sonic, applying various modifiers to create even more variations and posted them onto Youtube&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKasXyknpV4 Tipped Sonic video by OhYeaH!]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In that same year, he also submitted a combo comprised entirely of these tipped sonic variations for Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4NDQHv0XRFs OhYeaH!&#039;s WT17 R1 featuring tipped sonics for the entire combo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swivel===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Swivel}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I-Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm up sonic starting in 23 that stops completely halfway through in 13. When performed starting in the wiper-out position and with the palm facing the camera, the pen is hidden behind the hand, hence, the &#039;i&#039; in the name which stands for &#039;invisible&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonkura made a popular variation of this trick in which, while the mod was hidden behind the hand, he spread out his fingers to enhance the illusion of the pen having disappeared. Then, coming back to the initial position, the pen reappears and the trick is finished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was called アイソニックを超えるアイソニック (iSonic beyond iSonic) jokingly by Bonkura, but the name was used even a year and a half after that. Since Bonkura attended Kyoto University, it was also called 京大式アイソニック (Kyoto University-style iSonic). Another name was 真パーフェクト·アイ (true perfect I), which later was simplified to the current most popular name, パーフェクトアイ (perfect I)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MISS===&lt;br /&gt;
Stands for Mirrored Inverse Side Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a correctly executed MISS, the wrist shouldn’t turn and the moving finger  should stay straight during the first part of the trick and then clearly move to the other side of the hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done and named by i.suk in mid-late 2018, who then popularized it as a staple of technical spinning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cthulhu Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inverse tw sonic 12-24 &amp;gt;~ MISS 24-23. When correctly executed, the wrist motion should be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was coined by [[[Nine]] in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==False Sonics==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that have the sonic name but do not contain any portion of a sonic trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neo Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Around#Neosonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flush Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Flush sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===East Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
These variations differ from the baseline sonic as they require four fingers minimum and those on the extremities never solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devil&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm down twisted sonic followed by a shadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although [[nhk_9]] claimed that this was his own trick and&lt;br /&gt;
name, [[Penstudioz]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJzx8HiKB9o Devil &amp;amp; demon compilation by PenstudioZ]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Pen Spin Sector]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20050316093226/http://pensector.hollosite.com Lordbojo &amp;amp; Phya on Pen Spin Sector]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; attribute it to [[Kam]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick is also used in a &#039;&#039;&#039;Devil&#039;s Conversion&#039;&#039;&#039; where it consists of a devil sonic, and while the pen is spinning over 12, change from PD to PU while bending the fingers and continue doing a knuckle spin, without any additional impulse (just the inertia of the pen). A reverse version of this trick was shown by Le0n as &#039;&#039;&#039;Reconversion&#039;&#039;&#039;, however he only performed PU knuckle spin rev ~ PD shadow rev in that video without finishing the devil&#039;s sonic rev.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Co Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[charge]] trick done in 23, partially pushed by bending the index finger, once per rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done by some spinner from Sendai (Japan), who called it コミュ障ソニック (comunication disability sonic). It was just a meme name, only known by other spinners from the area. Malimo discovered independently the charge 23 countered by the thumb and then taught it to Mesi, who developed new variations and showed them in his 2018 solo &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnrz3v58hmc Mesi&#039;s 2018 Jul. - Dec. solo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Inspired by this, Siva made and compiled eight possible variations, which he then uploaded in 2019 under the censored name co...sonic&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qM_OF7gohEQ 8 types of co...sonic by Siva]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4427</id>
		<title>Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4427"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T14:44:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: /* Tipped Sonic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sonics are a category of tricks in which the fingerslot transfer of a fingerswitch is fully accompanied by a conical charge. They often, but not always, end in a different slot than the one they started in. Sonics are among the most versatile and common tricks as they are compatible with almost any style and easily integrate with and hybridize with other trick families. They are also a rich source to use as a diversifying tool as they range from being simple to complex and extremely difficult, with more variations yet to be discovered especially in the field of xpxh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The baseline sonic is a [[Fundamental Tricks#Sonic|fundamental trick]] that consists of two [[Fingerswitch|fingerswitches]] between three separate slots, while performing one complete conical [[charge]] spin. During the second slot the fingers at the extremities solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The name ソニック (sonic) was given by Hideaki. Then, Kam added its translation to Pentix. The trick was also discovered independently by others, like sula_la (his name, 雙龍取水, means the twin dragons fetch water) and Szeto, who gave names to three slot combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Korean name, 계단 (stairs), originated independently from the rest. Names for sonic and its basic variations were used since the beginning of the board. But it wasn’t until the 2005 NX lecture when they were standarized into using the 역 (reverse) and 내 (inverse) modifiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inverse Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse sonic is mechanically the same, but doing it standalone usually includes a total of 2.0 rotations as opposed to only 1.0 rotations in non-inverse variations. This is due to spinners holding the pen in the same starting position for both tricks despite there being 0.5 rotations of difference in the starting positions if one were to perform them one-to-one. Thus, the initial 0.5 rotations are to achieve the starting position of the inverse sonic, 1.0 rotations are performed for the fundamental mechanic, and the final 0.5 rotations bring the ending position of the inverse sonic to that of the non-inverse variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demon&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The demon&#039;s sonic (or demon sonic) is a baseline sonic interrupted with a twisted sonic. It is not a specific sonic variation but rather denotes one specific linkage with the following notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sonic 34-24 ~ twisted sonic 24-12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers are almost never used (e.g. mirrored demon&#039;s sonic) as those links are often notated in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Angel&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Interrupting a twisted sonic with a baseline sonic yields the angel&#039;s sonic (or angel sonic), but this name is rarely referenced. It is notated as such:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 34-13 ~ sonic 13-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sonic Clip===&lt;br /&gt;
A term rarely used in practice which denotes charges performed in the intermediate slot while the pen is held by the extremities during a sonic. (e.g. performing charge 13 from a sonic 23-12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time that the name sonic clip is seen is in November 2003, in PenstudioZ. It doesn’t appear on the Pentix trick names table, so it originated some time between 2001 and 2003, but the creator is unknown. The Japanese term スリップトソニック (slipped sonic) may be younger, as it doesn’t appear in any of the trick lists from Crasher (2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is used in a minicombo called &#039;&#039;&#039;Rising Fans&#039;&#039;&#039; which was created by Tohlz. He explained it in his website, and he included it inside his signature move HyperSonic 2. The minicombo consists of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 charge 34 &amp;gt; sonic clip 34-23 &amp;gt; charge 23&amp;gt; sonic clip 23-12 &amp;gt; charge 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moonwalk Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A moonwalk sonic is a sonic with the usual direction of rotation, but&lt;br /&gt;
with the order of the slots inverted. That is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 moonwalk sonic = sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name comes from Japanese notation, although it’s unknown who named it. In English, the usage of moonwalk is discouraged whenever the fingerslots can be written. For this reason, the Naming Committee deprecated the trick name in 2008, although it’s still used nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Side Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The side additive is applied to a sonic variation when the center finger (or at least one of the those fingers) is inverted during execution. It is mostly relevant to baseline sonic and flush sonic variations. Its usage as a modifier outside of those tricks are somewhat disputed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic nor 23-12 = sonic 23-12 ~ inv sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic rev 12-23 = inv sonic 12-23 ~ sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic nor 23-12 = inv sonic 23-12 ~ sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic rev 12-23 = sonic 12-23 ~ inv sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the main mechanic of a side sonic lies in its in-out motion, variations can be made where such motion can be extended further (in-out-in) within a single rotation, which further increases its complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first spinner who recorded the trick was Flip. Shortly after, Fratleym also recorded it and gave it the name side sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics performed using tipped charges rather than full charges. They are most commonly performed using a thumb slot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick itself was first done by Korean spinners in PDS. It was first named in UCPSB in 2006, in a thread where a member name Leviathan was asking if it had any name in English. FallenSeraph proposed the name Korean sonic, although he was worried about it creating another annoying dichotomy like the one regarding Weis/Korean backaround. The user grsbmd said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;Technically, this spin type has no circular motion. It’s just tipping up,then tipping back down. And it also doesn’t need to use the thumb. If you use other fingers, though, it starts looking a lot like a sonic.&#039;&#039;”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/ucpsb/tipped-sonic-t2241-s30.html#p1028014 grsbmd, Tipped sonic &amp;amp; Tipped charge]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, he generalized the concept for when the thumb isn’t involved, and&lt;br /&gt;
proposed the name tipped sonic. He also gave other examples (such as&lt;br /&gt;
tipped charge) of how the new modifier could be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the tipped sonic, applying various modifiers to create even more variations and posted them onto Youtube&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKasXyknpV4 Tipped Sonic video by OhYeaH!]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In that same year, he also submitted a combo comprised entirely of these tipped sonic variations for Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4NDQHv0XRFs OhYeaH!&#039;s WT17 R1 featuring tipped sonics for the entire combo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swivel===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Swivel}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I-Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm up sonic starting in 23 that stops completely halfway through in 13. When performed starting in the wiper-out position and with the palm facing the camera, the pen is hidden behind the hand, hence, the &#039;i&#039; in the name which stands for &#039;invisible&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonkura made a popular variation of this trick in which, while the mod was hidden behind the hand, he spread out his fingers to enhance the illusion of the pen having disappeared. Then, coming back to the initial position, the pen reappears and the trick is finished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was called アイソニックを超えるアイソニック (iSonic beyond iSonic) jokingly by Bonkura, but the name was used even a year and a half after that. Since Bonkura attended Kyoto University, it was also called 京大式アイソニック (Kyoto University-style iSonic). Another name was 真パーフェクト·アイ (true perfect I), which later was simplified to the current most popular name, パーフェクトアイ (perfect I)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MISS===&lt;br /&gt;
Stands for Mirrored Inverse Side Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a correctly executed MISS, the wrist shouldn’t turn and the moving finger  should stay straight during the first part of the trick and then clearly move to the other side of the hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done and named by i.suk in mid-late 2018, who then popularized it as a staple of technical spinning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cthulhu Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inverse tw sonic 12-24 &amp;gt;~ MISS 24-23. When correctly executed, the wrist motion should be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was coined by Monheim in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==False Sonics==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that have the sonic name but do not contain any portion of a sonic trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neo Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Around#Neosonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flush Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Flush sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===East Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
These variations differ from the baseline sonic as they require four fingers minimum and those on the extremities never solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devil&#039;s Sonic&lt;br /&gt;
A palm down twisted sonic followed by a shadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although [[nhk_9]] claimed that this was his own trick and&lt;br /&gt;
name, [[Penstudioz]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJzx8HiKB9o Devil &amp;amp; demon compilation by PenstudioZ]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Pen Spin Sector]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20050316093226/http://pensector.hollosite.com Lordbojo &amp;amp; Phya on Pen Spin Sector]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; attribute it to [[Kam]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick is also used in a &#039;&#039;&#039;Devil&#039;s Conversion&#039;&#039;&#039; where it consists of a devil sonic, and while the pen is spinning over 12, change from PD to PU while bending the fingers and continue doing a knuckle spin, without any additional impulse (just the inertia of the pen). A reverse version of this trick was shown by Le0n as &#039;&#039;&#039;Reconversion&#039;&#039;&#039;, however he only performed PU knuckle spin rev ~ PD shadow rev in that video without finishing the devil&#039;s sonic rev.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Co Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[charge]] trick done in 23, partially pushed by bending the index finger, once per rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done by some spinner from Sendai (Japan), who called it コミュ障ソニック (comunication disability sonic). It was just a meme name, only known by other spinners from the area. Malimo discovered independently the charge 23 countered by the thumb and then taught it to Mesi, who developed new variations and showed them in his 2018 solo &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnrz3v58hmc Mesi&#039;s 2018 Jul. - Dec. solo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Inspired by this, Siva made and compiled eight possible variations, which he then uploaded in 2019 under the censored name co...sonic&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qM_OF7gohEQ 8 types of co...sonic by Siva]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4426</id>
		<title>Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4426"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T14:42:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sonics are a category of tricks in which the fingerslot transfer of a fingerswitch is fully accompanied by a conical charge. They often, but not always, end in a different slot than the one they started in. Sonics are among the most versatile and common tricks as they are compatible with almost any style and easily integrate with and hybridize with other trick families. They are also a rich source to use as a diversifying tool as they range from being simple to complex and extremely difficult, with more variations yet to be discovered especially in the field of xpxh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The baseline sonic is a [[Fundamental Tricks#Sonic|fundamental trick]] that consists of two [[Fingerswitch|fingerswitches]] between three separate slots, while performing one complete conical [[charge]] spin. During the second slot the fingers at the extremities solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The name ソニック (sonic) was given by Hideaki. Then, Kam added its translation to Pentix. The trick was also discovered independently by others, like sula_la (his name, 雙龍取水, means the twin dragons fetch water) and Szeto, who gave names to three slot combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Korean name, 계단 (stairs), originated independently from the rest. Names for sonic and its basic variations were used since the beginning of the board. But it wasn’t until the 2005 NX lecture when they were standarized into using the 역 (reverse) and 내 (inverse) modifiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inverse Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse sonic is mechanically the same, but doing it standalone usually includes a total of 2.0 rotations as opposed to only 1.0 rotations in non-inverse variations. This is due to spinners holding the pen in the same starting position for both tricks despite there being 0.5 rotations of difference in the starting positions if one were to perform them one-to-one. Thus, the initial 0.5 rotations are to achieve the starting position of the inverse sonic, 1.0 rotations are performed for the fundamental mechanic, and the final 0.5 rotations bring the ending position of the inverse sonic to that of the non-inverse variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demon&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The demon&#039;s sonic (or demon sonic) is a baseline sonic interrupted with a twisted sonic. It is not a specific sonic variation but rather denotes one specific linkage with the following notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sonic 34-24 ~ twisted sonic 24-12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers are almost never used (e.g. mirrored demon&#039;s sonic) as those links are often notated in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Angel&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Interrupting a twisted sonic with a baseline sonic yields the angel&#039;s sonic (or angel sonic), but this name is rarely referenced. It is notated as such:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 34-13 ~ sonic 13-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sonic Clip===&lt;br /&gt;
A term rarely used in practice which denotes charges performed in the intermediate slot while the pen is held by the extremities during a sonic. (e.g. performing charge 13 from a sonic 23-12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time that the name sonic clip is seen is in November 2003, in PenstudioZ. It doesn’t appear on the Pentix trick names table, so it originated some time between 2001 and 2003, but the creator is unknown. The Japanese term スリップトソニック (slipped sonic) may be younger, as it doesn’t appear in any of the trick lists from Crasher (2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is used in a minicombo called &#039;&#039;&#039;Rising Fans&#039;&#039;&#039; which was created by Tohlz. He explained it in his website, and he included it inside his signature move HyperSonic 2. The minicombo consists of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 charge 34 &amp;gt; sonic clip 34-23 &amp;gt; charge 23&amp;gt; sonic clip 23-12 &amp;gt; charge 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moonwalk Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A moonwalk sonic is a sonic with the usual direction of rotation, but&lt;br /&gt;
with the order of the slots inverted. That is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 moonwalk sonic = sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name comes from Japanese notation, although it’s unknown who named it. In English, the usage of moonwalk is discouraged whenever the fingerslots can be written. For this reason, the Naming Committee deprecated the trick name in 2008, although it’s still used nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Side Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The side additive is applied to a sonic variation when the center finger (or at least one of the those fingers) is inverted during execution. It is mostly relevant to baseline sonic and flush sonic variations. Its usage as a modifier outside of those tricks are somewhat disputed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic nor 23-12 = sonic 23-12 ~ inv sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic rev 12-23 = inv sonic 12-23 ~ sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic nor 23-12 = inv sonic 23-12 ~ sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic rev 12-23 = sonic 12-23 ~ inv sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the main mechanic of a side sonic lies in its in-out motion, variations can be made where such motion can be extended further (in-out-in) within a single rotation, which further increases its complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first spinner who recorded the trick was Flip. Shortly after, Fratleym also recorded it and gave it the name side sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics performed using tipped charges rather than full charges. They are most commonly performed using a thumb slot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick itself was first done by Korean spinners in PDS. It was first named in UCPSB in 2006, in a thread where a member name Leviathan was asking if it had any name in English. FallenSeraph proposed the name Korean sonic, although he was worried about it creating another annoying dichotomy like the one regarding Weis/Korean backaround. The user grsbmd said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;Technically, this spin type has no circular motion. It’s just tipping up,then tipping back down. And it also doesn’t need to use the thumb. If you use other fingers, though, it starts looking a lot like a sonic.&#039;&#039;”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, he generalized the concept for when the thumb isn’t involved, and&lt;br /&gt;
proposed the name tipped sonic. He also gave other examples (such as&lt;br /&gt;
tipped charge) of how the new modifier could be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the tipped sonic, applying various modifiers to create even more variations and posted them onto Youtube&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKasXyknpV4 Tipped Sonic video by OhYeaH!]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In that same year, he also submitted a combo comprised entirely of these tipped sonic variations for Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4NDQHv0XRFs OhYeaH!&#039;s WT17 R1 featuring tipped sonics for the entire combo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swivel===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Swivel}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I-Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm up sonic starting in 23 that stops completely halfway through in 13. When performed starting in the wiper-out position and with the palm facing the camera, the pen is hidden behind the hand, hence, the &#039;i&#039; in the name which stands for &#039;invisible&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonkura made a popular variation of this trick in which, while the mod was hidden behind the hand, he spread out his fingers to enhance the illusion of the pen having disappeared. Then, coming back to the initial position, the pen reappears and the trick is finished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was called アイソニックを超えるアイソニック (iSonic beyond iSonic) jokingly by Bonkura, but the name was used even a year and a half after that. Since Bonkura attended Kyoto University, it was also called 京大式アイソニック (Kyoto University-style iSonic). Another name was 真パーフェクト·アイ (true perfect I), which later was simplified to the current most popular name, パーフェクトアイ (perfect I)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MISS===&lt;br /&gt;
Stands for Mirrored Inverse Side Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a correctly executed MISS, the wrist shouldn’t turn and the moving finger  should stay straight during the first part of the trick and then clearly move to the other side of the hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done and named by i.suk in mid-late 2018, who then popularized it as a staple of technical spinning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cthulhu Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inverse tw sonic 12-24 &amp;gt;~ MISS 24-23. When correctly executed, the wrist motion should be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was coined by Monheim in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==False Sonics==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that have the sonic name but do not contain any portion of a sonic trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neo Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Around#Neosonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flush Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Flush sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===East Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
These variations differ from the baseline sonic as they require four fingers minimum and those on the extremities never solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devil&#039;s Sonic&lt;br /&gt;
A palm down twisted sonic followed by a shadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although [[nhk_9]] claimed that this was his own trick and&lt;br /&gt;
name, [[Penstudioz]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJzx8HiKB9o Devil &amp;amp; demon compilation by PenstudioZ]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Pen Spin Sector]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20050316093226/http://pensector.hollosite.com Lordbojo &amp;amp; Phya on Pen Spin Sector]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; attribute it to [[Kam]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick is also used in a &#039;&#039;&#039;Devil&#039;s Conversion&#039;&#039;&#039; where it consists of a devil sonic, and while the pen is spinning over 12, change from PD to PU while bending the fingers and continue doing a knuckle spin, without any additional impulse (just the inertia of the pen). A reverse version of this trick was shown by Le0n as &#039;&#039;&#039;Reconversion&#039;&#039;&#039;, however he only performed PU knuckle spin rev ~ PD shadow rev in that video without finishing the devil&#039;s sonic rev.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Co Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[charge]] trick done in 23, partially pushed by bending the index finger, once per rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done by some spinner from Sendai (Japan), who called it コミュ障ソニック (comunication disability sonic). It was just a meme name, only known by other spinners from the area. Malimo discovered independently the charge 23 countered by the thumb and then taught it to Mesi, who developed new variations and showed them in his 2018 solo &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnrz3v58hmc Mesi&#039;s 2018 Jul. - Dec. solo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Inspired by this, Siva made and compiled eight possible variations, which he then uploaded in 2019 under the censored name co...sonic&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qM_OF7gohEQ 8 types of co...sonic by Siva]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4425</id>
		<title>Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4425"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T14:42:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sonics are a category of tricks in which the fingerslot transfer of a fingerswitch is fully accompanied by a conical charge. They often, but not always, end in a different slot than the one they started in. Sonics are among the most versatile and common tricks as they are compatible with almost any style and easily integrate with and hybridize with other trick families. They are also a rich source to use as a diversifying tool as they range from being simple to complex and extremely difficult, with more variations yet to be discovered especially in the field of xpxh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The baseline sonic is a [[Fundamental Tricks#Sonic|fundamental trick]] that consists of two [[Fingerswitch|fingerswitches]] between three separate slots, while performing one complete conical [[charge]] spin. During the second slot the fingers at the extremities solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The name ソニック (sonic) was given by Hideaki. Then, Kam added its translation to Pentix. The trick was also discovered independently by others, like sula_la (his name, 雙龍取水, means the twin dragons fetch water) and Szeto, who gave names to three slot combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Korean name, 계단 (stairs), originated independently from the rest. Names for sonic and its basic variations were used since the beginning of the board. But it wasn’t until the 2005 NX lecture when they were standarized into using the 역 (reverse) and 내 (inverse) modifiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inverse Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse sonic is mechanically the same, but doing it standalone usually includes a total of 2.0 rotations as opposed to only 1.0 rotations in non-inverse variations. This is due to spinners holding the pen in the same starting position for both tricks despite there being 0.5 rotations of difference in the starting positions if one were to perform them one-to-one. Thus, the initial 0.5 rotations are to achieve the starting position of the inverse sonic, 1.0 rotations are performed for the fundamental mechanic, and the final 0.5 rotations bring the ending position of the inverse sonic to that of the non-inverse variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demon&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The demon&#039;s sonic (or demon sonic) is a baseline sonic interrupted with a twisted sonic. It is not a specific sonic variation but rather denotes one specific linkage with the following notation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sonic 34-24 ~ twisted sonic 24-12. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifiers are almost never used (e.g. mirrored demon&#039;s sonic) as those links are often notated in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Angel&#039;s Sonic&lt;br /&gt;
Interrupting a twisted sonic with a baseline sonic yields the angel&#039;s sonic (or angel sonic), but this name is rarely referenced. It is notated as such:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 twisted sonic 34-13 ~ sonic 13-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sonic Clip===&lt;br /&gt;
A term rarely used in practice which denotes charges performed in the intermediate slot while the pen is held by the extremities during a sonic. (e.g. performing charge 13 from a sonic 23-12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time that the name sonic clip is seen is in November 2003, in PenstudioZ. It doesn’t appear on the Pentix trick names table, so it originated some time between 2001 and 2003, but the creator is unknown. The Japanese term スリップトソニック (slipped sonic) may be younger, as it doesn’t appear in any of the trick lists from Crasher (2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This trick is used in a minicombo called &#039;&#039;&#039;Rising Fans&#039;&#039;&#039; which was created by Tohlz. He explained it in his website, and he included it inside his signature move HyperSonic 2. The minicombo consists of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 charge 34 &amp;gt; sonic clip 34-23 &amp;gt; charge 23&amp;gt; sonic clip 23-12 &amp;gt; charge 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moonwalk Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A moonwalk sonic is a sonic with the usual direction of rotation, but&lt;br /&gt;
with the order of the slots inverted. That is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 moonwalk sonic = sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name comes from Japanese notation, although it’s unknown who named it. In English, the usage of moonwalk is discouraged whenever the fingerslots can be written. For this reason, the Naming Committee deprecated the trick name in 2008, although it’s still used nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Side Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The side additive is applied to a sonic variation when the center finger (or at least one of the those fingers) is inverted during execution. It is mostly relevant to baseline sonic and flush sonic variations. Its usage as a modifier outside of those tricks are somewhat disputed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic nor 23-12 = sonic 23-12 ~ inv sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic rev 12-23 = inv sonic 12-23 ~ sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic nor 23-12 = inv sonic 23-12 ~ sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic rev 12-23 = sonic 12-23 ~ inv sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the main mechanic of a side sonic lies in its in-out motion, variations can be made where such motion can be extended further (in-out-in) within a single rotation, which further increases its complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first spinner who recorded the trick was Flip. Shortly after, Fratleym also recorded it and gave it the name side sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics performed using tipped charges rather than full charges. They are most commonly performed using a thumb slot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick itself was first done by Korean spinners in PDS. It was first named in UCPSB in 2006, in a thread where a member name Leviathan was asking if it had any name in English. FallenSeraph proposed the name Korean sonic, although he was worried about it creating another annoying dichotomy like the one regarding Weis/Korean backaround. The user grsbmd said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;Technically, this spin type has no circular motion. It’s just tipping up,then tipping back down. And it also doesn’t need to use the thumb. If you use other fingers, though, it starts looking a lot like a sonic.&#039;&#039;”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, he generalized the concept for when the thumb isn’t involved, and&lt;br /&gt;
proposed the name tipped sonic. He also gave other examples (such as&lt;br /&gt;
tipped charge) of how the new modifier could be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the tipped sonic, applying various modifiers to create even more variations and posted them onto Youtube&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKasXyknpV4 Tipped Sonic video by OhYeaH!]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In that same year, he also submitted a combo comprised entirely of these tipped sonic variations for Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4NDQHv0XRFs OhYeaH!&#039;s WT17 R1 featuring tipped sonics for the entire combo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swivel===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Swivel}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I-Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm up sonic starting in 23 that stops completely halfway through in 13. When performed starting in the wiper-out position and with the palm facing the camera, the pen is hidden behind the hand, hence, the &#039;i&#039; in the name which stands for &#039;invisible&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonkura made a popular variation of this trick in which, while the mod was hidden behind the hand, he spread out his fingers to enhance the illusion of the pen having disappeared. Then, coming back to the initial position, the pen reappears and the trick is finished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was called アイソニックを超えるアイソニック (iSonic beyond iSonic) jokingly by Bonkura, but the name was used even a year and a half after that. Since Bonkura attended Kyoto University, it was also called 京大式アイソニック (Kyoto University-style iSonic). Another name was 真パーフェクト·アイ (true perfect I), which later was simplified to the current most popular name, パーフェクトアイ (perfect I)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MISS===&lt;br /&gt;
Stands for Mirrored Inverse Side Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a correctly executed MISS, the wrist shouldn’t turn and the moving finger  should stay straight during the first part of the trick and then clearly move to the other side of the hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done and named by i.suk in mid-late 2018, who then popularized it as a staple of technical spinning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cthulhu Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inverse tw sonic 12-24 &amp;gt;~ MISS 24-23. When correctly executed, the wrist motion should be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was coined by Monheim in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==False Sonics==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that have the sonic name but do not contain any portion of a sonic trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neo Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Around#Neosonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flush Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Flush sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===East Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
These variations differ from the baseline sonic as they require four fingers minimum and those on the extremities never solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Devil&#039;s Sonic&lt;br /&gt;
A palm down twisted sonic followed by a shadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although [[nhk_9]] claimed that this was his own trick and&lt;br /&gt;
name, [[Penstudioz]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJzx8HiKB9o Devil &amp;amp; demon compilation by PenstudioZ]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and [[Pen Spin Sector]] &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://web.archive.org/web/20050316093226/http://pensector.hollosite.com Lordbojo &amp;amp; Phya on Pen Spin Sector]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; attribute it to [[Kam]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick is also used in a &#039;&#039;&#039;Devil&#039;s Conversion&#039;&#039;&#039; where it consists of a devil sonic, and while the pen is spinning over 12, change from PD to PU while bending the fingers and continue doing a knuckle spin, without any additional impulse (just the inertia of the pen). A reverse version of this trick was shown by Le0n as &#039;&#039;&#039;Reconversion&#039;&#039;&#039;, however he only performed PU knuckle spin rev ~ PD shadow rev in that video without finishing the devil&#039;s sonic rev.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Co Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[charge]] trick done in 23, partially pushed by bending the index finger, once per rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done by some spinner from Sendai (Japan), who called it コミュ障ソニック (comunication disability sonic). It was just a meme name, only known by other spinners from the area. Malimo discovered independently the charge 23 countered by the thumb and then taught it to Mesi, who developed new variations and showed them in his 2018 solo &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnrz3v58hmc Mesi&#039;s 2018 Jul. - Dec. solo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Inspired by this, Siva made and compiled eight possible variations, which he then uploaded in 2019 under the censored name co...sonic&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qM_OF7gohEQ 8 types of co...sonic by Siva]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4424</id>
		<title>Sonic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Sonic&amp;diff=4424"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T14:27:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sonics are a category of tricks in which the fingerslot transfer of a fingerswitch is fully accompanied by a conical charge. They often, but not always, end in a different slot than the one they started in. Sonics are among the most versatile and common tricks as they are compatible with almost any style and easily integrate with and hybridize with other trick families. They are also a rich source to use as a diversifying tool as they range from being simple to complex and extremely difficult, with more variations yet to be discovered especially in the field of xpxh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The baseline sonic is a [[Fundamental Tricks#Sonic|fundamental trick]] that consists of two [[Fingerswitch|fingerswitches]] between three separate slots, while performing one complete conical [[charge]] spin. During the second slot the fingers at the extremities solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The name ソニック (sonic) was given by Hideaki. Then, Kam added its translation to Pentix. The trick was also discovered independently by others, like sula_la (his name, 雙龍取水, means the twin dragons fetch water) and Szeto, who gave names to three slot combinations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Korean name, 계단 (stairs), originated independently from the rest. Names for sonic and its basic variations were used since the beginning of the board. But it wasn’t until the 2005 NX lecture when they were standarized into using the 역 (reverse) and 내 (inverse) modifiers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inverse Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The inverse sonic is mechanically the same, but doing it standalone usually includes a total of 2.0 rotations as opposed to only 1.0 rotations in non-inverse variations. This is due to spinners holding the pen in the same starting position for both tricks despite there being 0.5 rotations of difference in the starting positions if one were to perform them one-to-one. Thus, the initial 0.5 rotations are to achieve the starting position of the inverse sonic, 1.0 rotations are performed for the fundamental mechanic, and the final 0.5 rotations bring the ending position of the inverse sonic to that of the non-inverse variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demon&#039;s Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The demon&#039;s sonic (or demon sonic) is a baseline sonic interrupted with a twisted sonic. It is not a specific sonic variation but rather denotes one specific linkage with the following notation: sonic 34-24 ~ twisted sonic 24-12. Modifiers are almost never used (e.g. mirrored demon&#039;s sonic) as those links are often notated in full.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interrupting a twisted sonic with a baseline sonic yields the angel&#039;s sonic (or angel sonic), but this name is rarely referenced. It is notated as such: twisted sonic 34-13 ~ sonic 13-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sonic Clip===&lt;br /&gt;
A term rarely used in practice which denotes charges performed in the intermediate slot while the pen is held by the extremities during a sonic. (e.g. performing charge 13 from a sonic 23-12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time that the name sonic clip is seen is in November 2003, in PenstudioZ. It doesn’t appear on the Pentix trick names table, so it originated some time between 2001 and 2003, but the creator is unknown. The Japanese term スリップトソニック (slipped sonic) may be younger, as it doesn’t appear in any of the trick lists from Crasher (2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moonwalk Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A moonwalk sonic is a sonic with the usual direction of rotation, but&lt;br /&gt;
with the order of the slots inverted. That is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 moonwalk sonic = sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name comes from Japanese notation, although it’s unknown who named it. In English, the usage of moonwalk is discouraged whenever the fingerslots can be written. For this reason, the Naming Committee deprecated the trick name in 2008, although it’s still used nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Side Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
The side additive is applied to a sonic variation when the center finger (or at least one of the those fingers) is inverted during execution. It is mostly relevant to baseline sonic and flush sonic variations. Its usage as a modifier outside of those tricks are somewhat disputed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic nor 23-12 = sonic 23-12 ~ inv sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 side sonic rev 12-23 = inv sonic 12-23 ~ sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic nor 23-12 = inv sonic 23-12 ~ sonic 23-12&lt;br /&gt;
 inv side sonic rev 12-23 = sonic 12-23 ~ inv sonic 12-23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the main mechanic of a side sonic lies in its in-out motion, variations can be made where such motion can be extended further (in-out-in) within a single rotation, which further increases its complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first spinner who recorded the trick was Flip. Shortly after, Fratleym also recorded it and gave it the name side sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tipped Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
Sonics performed using tipped charges rather than full charges. They are most commonly performed using a thumb slot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick itself was first done by Korean spinners in PDS. It was first named in UCPSB in 2006, in a thread where a member name Leviathan was asking if it had any name in English. FallenSeraph proposed the name Korean sonic, although he was worried about it creating another annoying dichotomy like the one regarding Weis/Korean backaround. The user grsbmd said that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“&#039;&#039;Technically, this spin type has no circular motion. It’s just tipping up,then tipping back down. And it also doesn’t need to use the thumb. If you use other fingers, though, it starts looking a lot like a sonic.&#039;&#039;”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, he generalized the concept for when the thumb isn’t involved, and&lt;br /&gt;
proposed the name tipped sonic. He also gave other examples (such as&lt;br /&gt;
tipped charge) of how the new modifier could be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2017, OhYeaH! expanded upon the tipped sonic, applying various modifiers to create even more variations and posted them onto Youtube&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wKasXyknpV4 Tipped Sonic video by OhYeaH!]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. In that same year, he also submitted a combo comprised entirely of these tipped sonic variations for Pen Spinning World Tournament 2017&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4NDQHv0XRFs OhYeaH!&#039;s WT17 R1 featuring tipped sonics for the entire combo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swivel===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Swivel}}&lt;br /&gt;
Also known as a Fingerless Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I-Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A palm up sonic starting in 23 that stops completely halfway through in 13. When performed starting in the wiper-out position and with the palm facing the camera, the pen is hidden behind the hand, hence, the &#039;i&#039; in the name which stands for &#039;invisible&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonkura made a popular variation of this trick in which, while the mod was hidden behind the hand, he spread out his fingers to enhance the illusion of the pen having disappeared. Then, coming back to the initial position, the pen reappears and the trick is finished. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was called アイソニックを超えるアイソニック (iSonic beyond iSonic) jokingly by Bonkura, but the name was used even a year and a half after that. Since Bonkura attended Kyoto University, it was also called 京大式アイソニック (Kyoto University-style iSonic). Another name was 真パーフェクト·アイ (true perfect I), which later was simplified to the current most popular name, パーフェクトアイ (perfect I)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===MISS===&lt;br /&gt;
Stands for Mirrored Inverse Side Sonic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a correctly executed MISS, the wrist shouldn’t turn and the moving finger  should stay straight during the first part of the trick and then clearly move to the other side of the hand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done and named by i.suk in mid-late 2018, who then popularized it as a staple of technical spinning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cthulhu Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A link containing an inverse tw sonic 12-24 &amp;gt;~ MISS 24-23. When correctly executed, the wrist motion should be minimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name was coined by Monheim in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==False Sonics==&lt;br /&gt;
These are variations that have the sonic name but do not contain any portion of a sonic trick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Twisted Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Twisted Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Neo Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Around#Neosonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flush Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Flush sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===East Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|East Sonic}}&lt;br /&gt;
These variations differ from the baseline sonic as they require four fingers minimum and those on the extremities never solely hold the pen at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Co Sonic===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[charge]] trick done in 23, partially pushed by bending the index finger, once per rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was first done by some spinner from Sendai (Japan), who called it コミュ障ソニック (comunication disability sonic). It was just a meme name, only known by other spinners from the area. Malimo discovered independently the charge 23 countered by the thumb and then taught it to Mesi, who developed new variations and showed them in his 2018 solo &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wnrz3v58hmc Mesi&#039;s 2018 Jul. - Dec. solo]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. Inspired by this, Siva made and compiled eight possible variations, which he then uploaded in 2019 under the censored name co...sonic&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qM_OF7gohEQ 8 types of co...sonic by Siva]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Hai_Tua&amp;diff=4423</id>
		<title>Hai Tua</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.fenspinner.net/index.php?title=Hai_Tua&amp;diff=4423"/>
		<updated>2025-10-01T13:03:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Salt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;Hai Tua&#039;&#039;&#039; is a hybrid trick composed of an extended thumbaround and a pinkybust that causes the pen to spin around the entire hand for a total of 2.0 rotations. It is commonly used in fingerless linkage sequences and in combo finishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is notated as such: Extended Thumbaround T2-4* ~ Pinkybust 4*-T* &amp;gt; Fingerless Thumbaround 0.5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
There were tricks similar to the Hai Tua in the past, such as the  IndexPinky Bust 1.5 12-34 that [[Eriror]] used to use in 2007. [[Spinnerpeem]] invented the modern Hai Tua in 2008 and popularized it, though his initial explanation video caused some confusion&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mqiz2-l7qEo Spinnerpeem Hai Tua Tutorial]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to showing an extra 0.5 rotation, with a 1.0 FL TA like a Symmetrical Backaround rather than the actual 0.5 FL TA.&lt;br /&gt;
==Variations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Aerial===&lt;br /&gt;
Hai Tua Aerial has two interpretations based on how the aerial is performed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Riser====&lt;br /&gt;
This variation is the most common one.&lt;br /&gt;
*(PS) Thumbaround (1.0 rev.)&lt;br /&gt;
*aerial push with the index finger&lt;br /&gt;
*0.5 aerial spin&lt;br /&gt;
*(PD) 0.5 spin on the back of the fingers/hand&lt;br /&gt;
*(PD) aerial push with the pinky side of the hand&lt;br /&gt;
*0.5 aerial spin&lt;br /&gt;
*(PS) optional TA for the catch (0.5 revolutions). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In total:&lt;br /&gt;
*2 aerial pushes, &lt;br /&gt;
*3.0 revolutions if done continuously &lt;br /&gt;
*3.5 if done just once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Release====&lt;br /&gt;
*(PS-PD) TA release&lt;br /&gt;
*1.0 aerial spin &lt;br /&gt;
*(PD) 0.5 spin on the back of the fingers/hand&lt;br /&gt;
*(PD) aerial push with the pinky side of the hand&lt;br /&gt;
*0.5 aerial spin&lt;br /&gt;
*(PS) optional TA for the catch (0.5 revolutions). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In total: &lt;br /&gt;
*2 aerial pushes&lt;br /&gt;
*2.0 revolutions if done continuously&lt;br /&gt;
*2.5 if done just once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reverse Hai Tua===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Symmetrical Backaround===&lt;br /&gt;
A pinkybust followed by a fingerless thumbaround. If correctly executed, the pen should transition by staying as little in the air as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 symmetrical backaround = (PD) pinkybust ~ (PS) Fl TA&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trick was made and named by key3, further popularized&lt;br /&gt;
by VicGotGame around 2010. Since key3 deleted all of his Youtube videos,&lt;br /&gt;
the original creation date is unknown&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ayatori trick==&lt;br /&gt;
A linkage comprising of a Hai Tua followed by a TF charge reverse release (instead of doing a TA) which is then followed by a Bust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tutorials==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hai Tua tutorial by [[VicGotGame]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zd2Sx7bU5qQ&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;toccolours mw-collapsible mw-collapsed&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Symmetrical Backaround slow motion by [[VicGotGame]].&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible-content&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;youtube width=&amp;quot;320&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;192&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fjcLgI3t00c&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tricks]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Salt</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>